官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
坐席多开
 Google Ads to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
Google Ads to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
Google Ads is one of the modern marketer’s favorite channels to grow the business. If you are someone who has even glanced at the Google Ads interface would know that Google provides a gazillion data points to optimize and run personalized ads. The huge amount of diverse data points available makes performance tracking a complex and time-consuming task.Well, the complexity increases further when Businesses want to build a 360-degree understanding of how Google Ads fare in comparison to other marketing initiatives (Facebook Ads, LinkedIn Ads, etc.). To enable a detailed, convoluted analysis like this, it becomes important to extract and load the data from all the different marketing platforms used by a company to a robust cloud-based Data Warehouse like Google BigQuery. This blog talks about the different approaches to use when loading data from Google Ads to BigQuery. What are the Methods to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery? Here are the methods you can use to establish a connection from Google Ads to BigQuery in a seamless fashion: Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery Method 2: Using BigQuery Data Transfer Service to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery LIKE.TG works out of the box with both Google Ads and BigQuery. This makes the data export from Google Ads to BigQuery a cakewalk for businesses. LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. With LIKE.TG ’s point-and-click interface, you can load data in just two steps: Step 1: Configure the Google Ads data source by providing required inputs like the Pipeline Name, Select Reports, and Select Accounts. Step 2: Configure the BigQuery destination where the data needs to be loaded by providing details like Destination Name, Dataset ID, Project ID, GCS Bucket, and Sanitize Table/Column Names. Once this is done, your data will immediately start moving from Google Ads to BigQuery. Method 2: Using BigQuery Data Transfer Service to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery Before you begin this process, you would need to create a Google Cloud project in the console and enable BigQuery’s API. Also, you need to enable billing on your Google Cloud project. This is a mandatory step that needs to be executed once per project. In case you already have set up a project, you would only need to enable the BigQuery API. On the BigQuery platform, hit the “Create a Dataset” button and fill out the Dataset ID and Location fields. This will create a dedicated space for storing your Google Ads data. Next, enable BigQuery Data Transfer Service from the web UI. Note – you would need to have admin access to transfer and update the data. Click on the “Add Transfer” button. Select “Google Ads” in the source and destination dataset. BigQuery’s data connector allows you to set up refresh windows (the max offered is 30 days) and a schedule to export the Google Ads data. Now, enter your Google Ads Customer ID or Manager Account (MCC). Next, allow the ‘Read’ access to the Google Ads Customer ID. This is needed for the transfer configuration. It is generally a good practice to opt for email notification in case a loading failure occurs. Despite this being a native integration with two products available from Google, there are a few limitations that make companies look out for other options. Limitations of using BigQuery Data Transfer Service to Connect Google Ads to BigQuery BigQuery Data Transfer Service supports a maximum of 180 days per data backfill request. This means you would have to manually transfer any historical data. Since the business teams that need this data are not very tech-savvy, using this approach would necessarily mean that a company would need to invest tech bandwidth to move data. This is an expensive affair. While transferring data, you need to remember that BigQuery doesn’t allow joining datasets saved in different location servers later. So, always create datasets in the same locations across your project. Hence, you need to be careful initially while setting up as there’s no option to change the location later. Say you want to convert the timestamp in the data from UTC to PST, such modifications are not supported on the BigQuery Transfer service. BigQuery transfer service can only bring data from Google products into BigQuery. In the future, in case you want to bring data from other sources such as Salesforce, Mailchimp, Intercom, and more, you would need to use another service. What can you achieve by replicating data from Google Ads to BigQuery? Here’s a little something for the data analyst on your team. We’ve mentioned a few core insights you could get by replicating data from Google Ads to BigQuery, does your use case make the list? Know your customer: Get a unified view of your customer journey by combing data from all your channels and user touchpoints. Easily visualize each stage of your sales funnel and quickly derive actionable insights. Supercharge your conversion rates: Leverage analysis-ready impressions, website visits, clicks data from multiple sources in a single place. Understand what content works best for you and double down on it to increase conversions. Boost Marketing ROI: With detailed campaign reports at your grasp in near-real time, reallocate your budget to the most effective Ad strategy. Conclusion This blog talks about the different methods you can use to establish a connection in a seamless fashion: using BigQuery Data Transfer Service and a third-party tool, LIKE.TG . Apart from providing data integration in Google Ads for free, LIKE.TG enables you to move data from a variety of data sources (Databases, Cloud Applications, SDKs, and more). These include products from both within and outside of the Google Suite. Share your experience of replicating data! Let us know in the comments section below!
 Salesforce to PostgreSQL: 2 Easy Methods
Salesforce to PostgreSQL: 2 Easy Methods
Even though Salesforce provides an analytics suite along with its offerings, most organizations will need to combine their customer data from Salesforce to data elements from various internal and external sources for decision making. This can only be done by importing Salesforce data into a data warehouse or database. The Salesforce Postgres integration is a powerful way to store and manage your data in an effective manner. Other than this, Salesforce Postgres sync is another way to store and manage data by extracting and transforming it. In this post, we will look at the steps involved in loading data from Salesforce to PostgreSQL. Methods to Connect Salesforce to PostgreSQL Here are the methods you can use to set up a connection from Salesforce to PostgreSQL in a seamless fashion as you will see in the sections below. Reliably integrate data with LIKE.TG ’s Fully Automated No Code Data Pipeline Given how fast API endpoints etc can change, creating and managing these pipelines can be a soul-sucking exercise. LIKE.TG ’s no-code data pipeline platform lets you connect over 150+ sources in a matter of minutes to deliver data in near real-time to your warehouse. It also has in-built transformation capabilities and an intuitive UI. All of this combined with transparent pricing and 24×7 support makes us the most loved data pipeline software in terms of user reviews. Take our 14-day free trial to experience a better way to manage data pipelines. Get started for Free with LIKE.TG ! Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect Salesforce to PostgreSQL An easier way to accomplish the same result is to use a code-free data pipeline platform likeLIKE.TG Datathat can implement sync in a couple of clicks. LIKE.TG does all heavy lifting and masks all the data migration complexities to securely and reliably deliver the data from Salesforce into your PostgreSQL database in real-time and for free. By providing analysis-ready data in PostgreSQL, LIKE.TG helps you stop worrying about your data and start uncovering insights in real time. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! With LIKE.TG , you could move data from Salesforce to PostgreSQL in just 2 steps: Step 1: Connect LIKE.TG to Salesforce by entering the Pipeline Name. Step 2: Load data from Salesforce to PostgreSQL by providing your Postgresql databases credentials like Database Host, Port, Username, Password, Schema, and Name along with the destination name. Check out what makes LIKE.TG amazing: Data Transformation: It provides a simple interface to perfect, modify, and enrich the data you want to transfer. Schema Management: LIKE.TG can automatically detect the schema of the incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Method 2: Using Custom ETL Scripts to Connect Salesforce to PostgreSQL The best way to interact with Salesforce is to use the different APIs provided by Salesforce itself. It also provides some utilities to deal with the data. You can use these APIs for Salesforce PostgreSQL integration. The following section attempts to provide an overview of these APIs and utilities. Salesforce REST APIs: Salesforce REST APIs are a set of web services that help to insert/delete, update and query Salesforce objects. To implement a custom application using Salesforce in mobile or web ecosystem, these REST APIs are the preferred method. Salesforce SOAP APIs: SOAP APIs can establish formal contracts of API behaviour through the use of WSDL. Typically Salesforce SOAP APIs are when there is a requirement for stateful APS or in case of strict transactional reliability requirement. SOAP APIs are also sometimes used when the organization’s legacy applications mandate the protocol to be SOAP. Salesforce BULK APIs: Salesforce BULK APIs are optimized for dealing with a large amount of data ranging up to GBs. These APIs can run in a batch mode and can work asynchronously. They provide facilities for checking the status of batch runs and retrieving the results as large text files. BULK APIs can insert, update, delete or query records just like the other two types of APIs. Salesforce Bulk APIs have two versions – Bulk API and Bulk API 2.0. Bulk API 2.0 is a new and improved version of Bulk API, which includes its own interface. Both are still available to use having their own set of limits and features. Both Salesforce Bulk APIs are based on REST principles. They are optimized for working with large sets of data. Any data operation that includes more than 2,000 records is suitable for Bulk API 2.0 to successfully prepare, execute, and manage an asynchronous workflow that uses the Bulk framework. Jobs with less than 2,000 records should involve “bulkified” synchronous calls in REST (for example, Composite) or SOAP. Using Bulk API 2.0 or Bulk API requires basic knowledge of software development, web services, and the Salesforce user interface. Because both Bulk APIs are asynchronous, Salesforce doesn’t guarantee a service level agreement. Salesforce Data Loader: Data Loader is a Salesforce utility that can be installed on the desktop computer. It has functionalities to query and export the data to CSV files. Internally this is accomplished using the bulk APIs. Salesforce Sandbox: A Salesforce Sandbox is a test environment that provides a way to copy and create metadata from your production instance. It is a separate environment where you can test with data (Salesforce records), including Accounts, Contacts, and Leads.It is one of the best practices to configure and test in a sandbox prior to making any live changes. This ensures that any development does not create disruptions in your live environment and is rolled out after it has been thoroughly tested. The data that is available to you is dependent on the sandbox type. There are multiple types, and each has different considerations. Some sandbox types support or require a sandbox template. Salesforce Production: The production Environment in Salesforce is another type of environment available for storing the most recent data used actively for running your business. Many of the production environments in use today are Salesforce CRM customers that purchased group, professional, enterprise, or unlimited editions. Using the production environment in Salesforce offers several significant benefits, as it serves as the primary workspace for live business operations. Here are the steps involved in using Custom ETL Scripts to connect Salesforce to PostgreSQL: Step 1: Log In to Salesforce Step 2: Create a Bulk API Job Step 3: Create SQL Query to Pull Data Step 4: Close the Bulk API Job Step 5: Access the Resulting API Step 6: Retrieve Results Step 7: Load Data to PostgreSQL Step 1: Log In to Salesforce Login to Salesforce using the SOAP API and get the session id. For logging in first create an XML file named login.txt in the below format. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <env:Envelope xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:env="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/"> <env:Body> <n1:login xmlns:n1="urn:partner.soap.sforce.com"> <n1:username>username</n1:username> <n1:password>password</n1:password> </n1:login> </env:Body> </env:Envelope> Execute the below command to login curl https://login.Salesforce.com/services/Soap/u/47.0 -H "Content-Type: text/xml; charset=UTF-8" -H "SOAPAction: login" -d @login.txt From the result XML, note the session id. We will need the session id for the later requests. Step 2: Create a Bulk API Job Create a BULK API job. For creating a job, a text file with details of the objects that are to be accessed is needed. Create the text file using the below template. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <operation>insert</operation> <object>Contact</object> <contentType>CSV</contentType> </jobInfo> We are attempting to pull data from the object Contact in this exercise. Execute the below command after creating the job.txt curl https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: application/xml; charset=UTF-8" -d @job.txt From the result, note the job id. This job-id will be used to form the URL for subsequent requests. Please note the URL will change according to the URL of the user’s Salesforce organization. Step 3: Create SQL Query to Pull Data Create the SQL query to pull the data and use it with CURL as given below. curl https://instance_name—api.Salesforce.com/services/async/APIversion/job/jobid/batch -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: text/csv; SELECT name,desc from Contact Step 4: Close the Bulk API Job The next step is to close the job. This requires a text file with details of the job status change. Create it as below with the name close_job.txt. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <state>Closed</state> </jobInfo> Use the file with the below command. curl https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: application/xml; charset=UTF-8" -d @close_job.txt Step 5: Access the Resulting API Access the resulting API and fetch the result is of the batch. curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId/batch/batchId/result Step 6: Retrieve Results Retrieve the actual results using the result id that was fetched from the above step. curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId/batch/batchId/result/resultId The output will be a CSV file with the required rows of data. Save it as Contacts.csv in your local filesystem. Step 7: Load Data to PostgreSQL Load data to Postgres using the COPY command. Assuming the table is already created this can be done by executing the below command. COPY Contacts(name,desc,) FROM 'contacts.csv' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER; An alternative to using the above sequence of API calls is to use the Data Loader utility to query the data and export it to CSV. But in case you need to do this programmatically, Data Loader utility will be of little help. Limitations of using Custom ETL Scripts to Connect Salesforce to PostgreSQL As evident from the above steps, loading data through the manual method contains a significant number of steps that could be overwhelming if you are looking to do this on a regular basis. You would need to configure additional scripts in case you need to bring data into real-time. It is time-consuming and requires prior knowledge of coding, understanding APIs and configuring data mapping. This method is not suitable for bulk data movement, leading to slow performance, especially for large datasets. Conclusion This blog talks about the different methods you can use to set up a connection from Salesforce to PostgreSQL in a seamless fashion. If you wants to know about PostgreSQL, then read this article: Postgres to Snowflake. LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. LIKE.TG handles everything from schema management to data flow monitoring data rids you of any maintenance overhead. In addition to Salesforce, you can bring data from 150s of different sources into PostgreSQL in real-time, ensuring that all your data is available for analysis with you. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. What are your thoughts on the two approaches to move data from Salesforce to PostgreSQL? Let us know in the comments.
 How to Integrate Salesforce to Snowflake: 3 Easy Methods
How to Integrate Salesforce to Snowflake: 3 Easy Methods
Salesforce is an important CRM system and it acts as one of the basic source systems to integrate while building a Data Warehouse or a system for Analytics. Snowflake is a Software as a Service (SaaS) that provides Data Warehouse on Cloud-ready to use and has enough connectivity options to connect any reporting suite using JDBC or provided libraries.This article uses APIs, UNIX commands or tools, and Snowflake’s web client that will be used to set up this data ingestion from Salesforce to Snowflake. It also focuses on high volume data and performance and these steps can be used to load millions of records from Salesforce to Snowflake. What is Salesforce Image Source Salesforce is a leading Cloud-based CRM platform. As a Platform as a Service (Paas), Salesforce is known for its CRM applications for Sales, Marketing, Service, Community, Analytics etc. It also is highly Scalable and Flexible. As Salesforce contains CRM data including Sales, it is one of the important sources for Data Ingestion into Analytical tools or Databases like Snowflake. What is Snowflake Image Source Snowflake is a fully relational ANSI SQL Data Warehouse provided as a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS). It provides a Cloud Data Warehouse ready to use, with Zero Management or Administration. It uses Cloud-based persistent Storage and Virtual Compute instances for computation purposes. Key features of Snowflake include Time Travel, Fail-Safe, Web-based GUI client for administration and querying, SnowSQL, and an extensive set of connectors or drivers for major programming languages. Methods to move data from Salesforce to Snowflake Method 1: Easily Move Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using LIKE.TG Method 2: Move Data From Salesforce to Snowflake using Bulk API Method 3: Load Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using Snowflake Output Connection (Beta) Method 1: Easily Move Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using LIKE.TG LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. It is that simple. While you relax, LIKE.TG will take care of fetching the data from data sources like Salesforce, etc., and sending it to your destination warehouse for free. Get started for Free with LIKE.TG ! Here are the steps involved in moving the data from Salesforce to Snowflake: Step 1: Configure your Salesforce Source Authenticate and configure your Salesforce data sourceas shown in the below image. To learn more about this step, visithere. In the Configure Salesforce as Source Page, you can enter details such as your pipeline name, authorized user account, etc. In the Historical Sync Duration, enter the duration for which you want to ingest the existing data from the Source. By default, it ingests the data for 3 months. You can select All Available Data, enabling you to ingest data since January 01, 1970, in your Salesforce account. Step 2: Configure Snowflake Destination Configure the Snowflake destination by providing the details like Destination Name, Account Name, Account Region, Database User, Database Password, Database Schema, and Database Name to move data from Salesforce to Snowflake. In addition to this, LIKE.TG lets you bring data from 150+ Data Sources (40+ free sources) such as Cloud Apps, Databases, SDKs, and more. You can explore the complete list here. LIKE.TG will now take care of all the heavy-weight lifting to move data from Salesforce to Snowflake. Here are some of the benefits of LIKE.TG : In-built Transformations – Format your data on the fly with LIKE.TG ’s preload transformations using either the drag-and-drop interface, or our nifty python interface. Generate analysis-ready data in your warehouse using LIKE.TG ’s Postload Transformation Near Real-Time Replication – Get access to near real-time replication for all database sources with log based replication. For SaaS applications, near real time replication is subject to API limits. Auto-Schema Management – Correcting improper schema after the data is loaded into your warehouse is challenging. LIKE.TG automatically maps source schema with destination warehouse so that you don’t face the pain of schema errors. Transparent Pricing – Say goodbye to complex and hidden pricing models. LIKE.TG ’s Transparent Pricing brings complete visibility to your ELT spend. Choose a plan based on your business needs. Stay in control with spend alerts and configurable credit limits for unforeseen spikes in data flow. Security – Discover peace with end-to-end encryption and compliance with all major security certifications including HIPAA, GDPR, SOC-2. Get started for Free with LIKE.TG ! Method 2: Move Data From Salesforce to Snowflake using Bulk API What is Salesforce DATA APIs As, we will be loading data from Salesforce to Snowflake, extracting data out from Salesforce is the initial step. Salesforce provides various general-purpose APIs that can be used to access Salesforce data, general-purpose APIs provided by Salesforce: REST API SOAP API Bulk API Streaming API Along with these Salesforce provides various other specific purpose APIs such as Apex API, Chatter API, Metadata API, etc. which are beyond the scope of this post. The following section gives a high-level overview of general-purpose APIs: Synchronous API: Synchronous request blocks the application/client until the operation is completed and a response is received. Asynchronous API: An Asynchronous API request doesn’t block the application/client making the request. In Salesforce this API type can be used to process/query a large amount of data, as Salesforce processes the batches/jobs at the background in Asynchronous calls. Understanding the difference between Salesforce APIs is important, as depending on the use case we can choose the best of the available options for loading data from Salesforce to Snowflake. APIs will be enabled by default for the Salesforce Enterprise edition, if not we can create a developer account and get the token required to access API.In this post, we will be using Bulk API to access and load the data from Salesforce to Snowflake. The process flow for querying salesforce data using Bulk API: The steps are given below, each one of them explained in detail to get data from Salesforce to Snowflake using Bulk API on a Unix-based machine. Step 1: Log in to Salesforce API Bulk API uses SOAP API for login as Bulk API doesn’t provide login operation. Save the below XML as login.xml, and replace username and password with your respective salesforce account username and password, which will be a concatenation of the account password and access token. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <env:Envelope xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:env="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/"> <env:Body> <n1:login xmlns:n1="urn:partner.soap.sforce.com"> <n1:username>username</n1:username> <n1:password>password</n1:password> </n1:login> </env:Body> </env:Envelope> Using a Terminal, execute the following command: curl <URL> -H "Content-Type: text/xml; charset=UTF-8" -H "SOAPAction: login" -d @login.xml > login_response.xml Above command if executed successfully will return an XML loginResponse with <sessionId> and <serverUrl> which will be used in subsequent API calls to download data. login_response.xml will look as shown below: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <soapenv:Envelope xmlns:soapenv="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/" xmlns="urn:partner.soap.sforce.com" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <soapenv:Body> <loginResponse> <result> <metadataServerUrl><URL> <passwordExpired>false</passwordExpired> <sandbox>false</sandbox> <serverUrl><URL> <sessionId>00Dj00001234ABCD5!AQcAQBgaabcded12XS7C6i3FNE0TMf6EBwOasndsT4O</sessionId> <userId>0010a00000ABCDefgh</userId> <userInfo> <currencySymbol>$</currencySymbol> <organizationId>00XYZABCDEF123</organizationId> <organizationName>ABCDEFGH</organizationName> <sessionSecondsValid>43200</sessionSecondsValid> <userDefaultCurrencyIsoCode xsi:nil="true"/> <userEmail>user@organization</userEmail> <userFullName>USERNAME</userFullName> <userLanguage>en_US</userLanguage> <userName>user@organization</userName> <userTimeZone>America/Los_Angeles</userTimeZone> </userInfo> </result> </loginResponse> </soapenv:Body> </soapenv:Envelope> Using the above XML, we need to initialize three variables: serverUrl, sessionId, and instance.The first two variables are available in the response XML, the instance is the first part of the hostname in serverUrl. The shell script snippet given below can extract these three variables from the login_response.xml file: sessionId=$(xmllint --xpath "/*[name()='soapenv:Envelope']/*[name()='soapenv:Body']/*[name()='loginResponse']/* [name()='result']/*[name()='sessionId']/text()" login_response.xml) serverUrl=$(xmllint --xpath "/*[name()='soapenv:Envelope']/*[name()='soapenv:Body']/*[name()='loginResponse']/* [name()='result']/*[name()='serverUrl']/text()" login_response.xml) instance=$(echo ${serverUrl/.salesforce.com*/} | sed 's|https(colon)//||') sessionId = 00Dj00001234ABCD5!AQcAQBgaabcded12XS7C6i3FNE0TMf6EBwOasndsT4O serverUrl = <URL> instance = organization Step 2: Create a Job Save the given below XML as job_account.xml. The XML given below is used to download Account object data from Salesforce in JSON format. Edit the bold text to download different objects or to change content type as per the requirement i.e. to CSV or XML. We are using JSON here. job_account.xml: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <operation>query</operation> <object>Account</object> <concurrencyMode>Parallel</concurrencyMode> <contentType>JSON</contentType> </jobInfo> Execute the command given below to create the job and get the response, from the XML response received (account_jobresponse.xml), we will extract the jobId variable. curl -s -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" -H "Content-Type: application/xml; charset=UTF-8" -d @job_account.xml https://${instance}.salesforce.com/services/async/41.0/job > account_job_response.xml jobId = $(xmllint --xpath "/*[name()='jobInfo']/*[name()='id']/text()" account_job_response.xml) account_job_response.xml: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <id>1200a000001aABCD1</id> <operation>query</operation> <object>Account</object> <createdById>00580000003KrL0AAK</createdById> <createdDate>2018-05-22T06:09:45.000Z</createdDate> <systemModstamp>2018-05-22T06:09:45.000Z</systemModstamp> <state>Open</state> <concurrencyMode>Parallel</concurrencyMode> <contentType>JSON</contentType> <numberBatchesQueued>0</numberBatchesQueued> <numberBatchesInProgress>0</numberBatchesInProgress> <numberBatchesCompleted>0</numberBatchesCompleted> <numberBatchesFailed>0</numberBatchesFailed> <numberBatchesTotal>0</numberBatchesTotal> <numberRecordsProcessed>0</numberRecordsProcessed> <numberRetries>0</numberRetries> <apiVersion>41.0</apiVersion> <numberRecordsFailed>0</numberRecordsFailed> <totalProcessingTime>0</totalProcessingTime> <apiActiveProcessingTime>0</apiActiveProcessingTime> <apexProcessingTime>0</apexProcessingTime> </jobInfo> jobId = 1200a000001aABCD1 Step 3: Add a Batch to the Job The next step is to add a batch to the Job created in the previous step. A batch contains a SQL query used to get the data from SFDC.After submitting the batch, we will extract the batchId from the JSON response received. uery = ‘select ID,NAME,PARENTID,PHONE,ACCOUNT_STATUS from ACCOUNT’ curl -d "${query}" -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" -H "Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8" https://${instance}.salesforce.com/services/async/41.0/job/${jobId}/batch | python -m json.tool > account_batch_response.json batchId = $(grep "id": $work_dir/job_responses/account_batch_response.json | awk -F':' '{print $2}' | tr -d ' ,"') account_batch_response.json: { "apexProcessingTime": 0, "apiActiveProcessingTime": 0, "createdDate": "2018-11-30T06:52:22.000+0000", "id": "1230a00000A1zABCDE", "jobId": "1200a000001aABCD1", "numberRecordsFailed": 0, "numberRecordsProcessed": 0, "state": "Queued", "stateMessage": null, "systemModstamp": "2018-11-30T06:52:22.000+0000", "totalProcessingTime": 0 } batchId = 1230a00000A1zABCDE Step 4: Check The Batch Status As Bulk API is an Asynchronous API, the batch will be run at the Salesforce end and the state will be changed to Completed or Failed once the results are ready to download. We need to repeatedly check for the batch status until the status changes either to Completed or Failed. status="" while [ ! "$status" == "Completed" || ! "$status" == "Failed" ] do sleep 10; #check status every 10 seconds curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" https://${instance}.salesforce.com/services/async/41.0/job/${jobId}/batch/${batchId} | python -m json.tool > account_batchstatus_response.json status=$(grep -i '"state":' account_batchstatus_response.json | awk -F':' '{print $2}' | tr -d ' ,"') done; account_batchstatus_response.json: { "apexProcessingTime": 0, "apiActiveProcessingTime": 0, "createdDate": "2018-11-30T06:52:22.000+0000", "id": "7510a00000J6zNEAAZ", "jobId": "7500a00000Igq5YAAR", "numberRecordsFailed": 0, "numberRecordsProcessed": 33917, "state": "Completed", "stateMessage": null, "systemModstamp": "2018-11-30T06:52:53.000+0000", "totalProcessingTime": 0 } Step 5: Retrieve the Results Once the state is updated to Completed, we can download the result dataset which will be in JSON format. The code snippet given below will extract the resultId from the JSON response and then will download the data using the resultId. if [ "$status" == "Completed" ]; then curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" https(colon)//${instance}.salesforce(dot)com/services/async/41.0/job/${jobId}/batch/${batchId}/result | python -m json.tool > account_result_response.json resultId = $(grep '"' account_result_response.json | tr -d ' ,"') curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" https(colon)//${instance}.salesforce(dot)com/services/async/41.0/job/${jobId}/batch/${batchId}/result/ ${resultId} > account.json fi account_result_response.json: [ "7110x000008jb3a" ] resultId = 7110x000008jb3a Step 6: Close the Job Once the results have been retrieved, we can close the Job. Save below XML as close-job.xml. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <state>Closed</state> </jobInfo> Use the code given below to close the job, by suffixing the jobId to the close-job request URL. curl -s -H "X-SFDC-Session: ${sessionId}" -H "Content-Type: text/csv; charset=UTF-8" -d @close-job.xml https(colon)//${instance}.salesforce(dot)com/services/async/41.0/job/${jobId} After running all the above steps, we will have the account.json generated in the current working directory, which contains the account data downloaded from Salesforce in JSON format, which we will use to load data into Snowflake in next steps. Downloaded data file: $ cat ./account.json [ { "attributes" : { "type" : "Account", "url" : "/services/data/v41.0/sobjects/Account/2x234abcdedg5j" }, "Id": "2x234abcdedg5j", "Name": "Some User", "ParentId": "2x234abcdedgha", "Phone": 124567890, "Account_Status": "Active" }, { "attributes" : { "type" : "Account", "url" : "/services/data/v41.0/sobjects/Account/1x234abcdedg5j" }, "Id": "1x234abcdedg5j", "Name": "Some OtherUser", "ParentId": "1x234abcdedgha", "Phone": null, "Account_Status": "Active" } ] Step 7: Loading Data from Salesforce to Snowflake Now that we have the JSON file downloaded from Salesforce, we can use it to load the data into a Snowflake table. File extracted from Salesforce has to be uploaded to Snowflake’s internal stage or to an external stage such as Microsoft Azure or AWS S3 location.Then we can load the Snowflake table using the created Snowflake Stage. Step 8: Creating a Snowflake Stage Stage in the Snowflake is a location where data files are stored, and that location is accessible by Snowflake; then, we can use the Stage name to access the file in Snowflake or to load the table. We can create a new stage, by following below steps: Login to the Snowflake Web Client UI. Select the desired Database from the Databases tab. Click on Stages tab Click Create, Select desired location (Internal, Azure or S3) Click Next Fill the form that appears in the next window (given below). Fill the details i.e. Stage name, Stage schema of Snowflake, Bucket URL and the required access keys to access the Stage location such as AWS keys to access AWS S3 bucket. Click Finish. Step 9: Creating Snowflake File Format Once the stage is created, we are all set with the file location. The next step is to create the file format in Snowflake.File Format menu can be used to create the named file format, which can be used for bulk loading data into Snowflake using that file format. As we have JSON format for the extracted Salesforce file, we will create the file format to read a JSON file. Steps to create File Format: Login to Snowflake Web Client UI. Select the Databases tab. Click the File Formats tab. Click Create. This will open a new window where we can mention the file format properties. We have selected type as JSON, Schema as Format which stores all our File Formats. Also, we have selected Strip Outer Array option, this is required to strip the outer array (square brace that encloses entire JSON) that Salesforce adds to the JSON file. File Format can also be created using SQL in Snowflake. Also, grants have to be given to allow other roles to access this format or stage we have created. create or replace file format format.JSON_STRIP_OUTER type = 'json' field_delimiter = none record_delimiter = ' ' STRIP_OUTER_ARRAY = TRUE; grant USAGE on FILE FORMAT FORMAT.JSON_STRIP_OUTER to role developer_role; Step 10: Loading Salesforce JSON Data to Snowflake Table Now that we have created the required Stage and File Format of Snowflake, we can use them to bulk load the generated Salesforce JSON file and load data into Snowflake. The advantage of JSON type in Snowflake:Snowflake can access the semi-structured type like JSON or XML as a schemaless object and can directly query/parse the required fields without loading them to a staging table. To know more about accessing semi-structured data in Snowflake, click here. Step 11: Parsing JSON File in Snowflake Using the PARSE_JSON function we can interpret the JSON in Snowflake, we can write a query as given below to parse the JSON file into a tabular format.Explicit type casting is required when using parse_json as it’ll always default to string. SELECT parse_json($1):Id::string, parse_json($1):Name::string, parse_json($1):ParentId::string, parse_json($1):Phone::int, parse_json($1):Account_Status::string from @STAGE.salesforce_stage/account.json ( file_format=>('format.JSON_STRIP_OUTER')) t; We will create a table in snowflake and use the above query to insert data into it. We are using Snowflake’s web client UI for running these queries. Upload file to S3: Table creation and insert query: Data inserted into the Snowflake target table: Hurray!! You have successfully loaded data from Salesforce to Snowflake. Limitations of Loading Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using Bulk API The maximum single file size is 1GB (Data that is more than 1GB, will be broken into multiple parts while retrieving results). Bulk API query doesn’t support the following in SOQL query:COUNT, ROLLUP, SUM, GROUP BY CUBE, OFFSET, and Nested SOQL queries. Bulk API doesn’t support base64 data type fields. Method 3: Load Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using Snowflake Output Connection (Beta) In June 2020, Snowflake and Salesforce launched native integration so that customers can move data from Salesforce to Snowflake. This can be analyzed using Salesforce’s Einstein Analytics or Tableau. This integration is available in open beta for Einstein Analytics customers. Steps for Salesforce to Snowflake Integration Enable the Snowflake Output Connector Create the Output Connection Configure the Connection Settings Limitations of Loading Data from Salesforce to Snowflake using Snowflake Output Connection (Beta): Snowflake Output Connection (Beta) is not a full ETL solution. It extracts and loads data but lacks the capacity for complex transformations. It has limited scalability as there are limitations on the amount of data that can be transferred per object per hour. So, using Snowflake Output Connection as Salesforce to Snowflake connector is not very efficient. Use Cases of Salesforce to Snowflake Integration Real-Time Forecasting: When you connect Salesforce to Snowflake, it can be used in business for predicting end-of-the-month/ quarter/year forecasts that help in better decision-making. For example, you can use opportunity data from Salesforce with ERP and finance data from Snowflake to do so. Performance Analytics: After you import data from Salesforce to Snowflake, you can analyze your marketing campaign’s performance. You can analyze conversion rates by merging click data from Salesforce with the finance data in Snowflake. AI and Machine Learning: It can be used in business organizations to determine customer purchases of specific products. This can be done by combining Salesforce’s objects, such as website visits, with Snowflake’s POS and product category data. Conclusion This blog has covered all the steps required to extract data using Bulk API to move data from Salesforce to Snowflake. Additionally, an easier alternative using LIKE.TG has also been discussed to load data from Salesforce to Snowflake. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. Do leave a comment on your experience of replicating data from Salesforce to Snowflake and let us know what worked for you.
 Google Analytics to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
Google Analytics to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
Many businesses worldwide use Google Analytics to collect valuable data on website traffic, signups, purchases, customer behavior, and more.Given the humongous amount of data that is present on Google Analytics, the need todeeplyanalyze it has also become acute.Naturally, organizations are turning towardsAmazon Redshift,one of thewidelyadopted Data Warehouses of today, to host this data and power the analysis. In this post, you will learn how to move data from Google Analytics to Redshift.Solve your data replication problems with LIKE.TG ’s reliable, no-code, automated pipelines with 150+ connectors.Get your free trial right away! Methods to move data from Google Analytics to Redshift There are two ways of loading your data from Google Analytics to Redshift: Method 1: Using Hand Coding to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift The activities of extracting data from Google Analytics, transforming that data to a usable form, and loading said data onto the target Redshift database would have to be carried out by custom scripts. The scripts would have to be written by members of your data management or business intelligence team. This data pipeline would then have to be managed and maintained over time. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Google Analytics comes free pre-built “out of the box” integration in LIKE.TG . You can easily move data with minimal setup, configuration from your end. Given LIKE.TG is a fully managed platform, no coding help or engineering bandwidth would be needed. LIKE.TG will ensure that your data is in the warehouse, ready for analysis in a matter of just a few minutes. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial Methods to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Here are the methods you can use to connect Google Analytics to Redshift in a seamless fashion: Method 1: Using Hand Coding to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Method 1: Using Hand Coding to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Pre-Migration Steps Audit of Source Data: Before data migration begins, Google Analytics event samples shouldbe reviewedto ensure that the engineering team is completely aware of the schema.Business teams should coordinate with engineering toclearlydefine the data that needs tobe madeavailable.This will reduce the possibility of errors due to expectation mismatch between business and engineering teams Backup of all Data: In the case of a failed replication, it is necessary to ensure that all your GA data maybe retrievedwith zero (or minimal) data loss. Also, plans shouldbe madeto ensure that sensitive datais protectedat all stages of the migration. Manual Migration Steps Step 1: Google Analytics provides an API, the Google Core Reporting API, that allows engineers to pull data.As such, most of the data thatis returnedis combinedinto a consolidated JSON format, which is incompatible with Redshift. Step 2: The scripts would need to pull data from GA to a separate object, such as a CSV file.Meanwhile, to prepare the Redshift data warehouse, SQL commands mustbe runto create the necessary tables that define the database structure.TheaforementionedCSV file must thenbe loadedto a resource that Redshift can access. Step 3: Amazon S3 cloud storage service is a good option. There is some amount of preparation involved in configuring S3 for this purpose. The CSV file must thenbe loadedinto the S3 that you configured. The COPY command mustbe invokedto load the data from the CSV file and into the Redshift database. Step 4: Once the transfer is complete queries shouldbe runon thenewlypopulated database to test if the data is accurate and complete. This would re-ensure that the data load was successful.Havingbeen verified, a cron job should be set up to run with reasonable frequency, ensuring that the Redshift database stays up to date.Say you have different Google Analytics views set up for Website, App, etc. You would have to end up repeating the above process for each of these. This concludes this method of manually coding the migration from Google Analytics to Redshift. Limitations of using Hand Coding to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift Manual coding for data replication between diverse technologies, while not impossible, does come with its fair share of challenges. Immediate consideration is one of time and cost.While the value of the information tobe gleanedfrom the data is definitely worth the cost of implementation, it is still a considerable cost. The second concern of using Hand Coding to connect Google Analytics to Redshift is of accuracy and effectiveness. How good is the code? How many iterations will it take to get it right? Have effective testsbeen developedto ensure the accuracy of the migrated data?Have effective process management policiesbeen putin place to ensure correctness and consistency? For instance, how would you identify if GA Reporting API JSON format hasbeen altered? The questions never end. Should the data load processbe mismanaged, serious knock-on effects may result.These may include issues such as inaccurate databeing loadedin the form of redundancies and unknowns, missed deadlines, and exceeded budgets as a result ofmultipletests and script rewrites and more. However, loading data from Google Analytics to Redshift may alsobe handled bymucheasilyin a hassle-free manner with platforms such as LIKE.TG . Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect Google Analytics to Redshift LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. LIKE.TG takes care of all your data preprocessing to set up migration from Google Analytics to Redshift and lets you focus on key business activities and draw a much powerful insight on how to generate more leads, retain customers, and take your business to new heights of profitability. It provides a consistent reliable solution to manage data in real-time and always have analysis-ready data in your desired destination. Using LIKE.TG Data Integration Platform, you canseamlesslyreplicate data from Google Analytics to Redshift with 2 simple steps: Step 1: Connect LIKE.TG to Google Analytics to set it up as your source by filling in the Pipeline Name, Account Name, Property Name, View Name, Metrics, Dimensions, and the Historical Import Duration. Step 2: Load data from Google Analytics to Redshift by providing your Redshift databases credentials like Database Port, Username, Password, Name, Schema, and Cluster Identifier along with the Destination Name. LIKE.TG takes up all the grind work ensuring that consistent and reliable data is available for Google Analytics to Redshift setup. What Can You Achieve By Replicating Data from Google Analytics to Redshift? Which Demographic contributes to the highest fraction of users of a particular Product Feature? How are Paid Sessions and Goal Conversion Rates varying with Marketing Spend and Cash in-flow? How to identify your most valuable customer segments? Conclusion This blog talks about the two methods you can use to connect Google Analytics to Redshift in a seamless fashion. Data and insights are the keys to success in business, and good insights can only come from correct, accurate, and relevant data.LIKE.TG , a 100% fault-tolerant, easy-to-use Data Pipeline Platform ensures that your valuable datais movedfrom Google Analytics to Redshift with care and precision. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO EXPLORE LIKE.TG LIKE.TG Data provides its users with a simpler platform for integrating data from 150+ sources like Google Analytics. It is a No-code Data Pipeline that can help you combine data from multiple sources. You can use it to transfer data from multiple data sources into your Data Warehouses, Databases, Data Lakes, or a destination of your choice. It provides you with a consistent and reliable solution to managing data in real-time, ensuring that you always have Analysis-ready data in your desired destination. SIGN UP for a 14-day free trial and experience a seamless data replication experience from Google Analytics to Redshift. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs.
 How to Replicate Postgres to Snowflake: 4 Easy Steps
How to Replicate Postgres to Snowflake: 4 Easy Steps
Snowflake’s architecture is defined newly from scratch, not an extension of the existing Big Data framework like Hadoop. It has a hybrid of the traditional shared-disk database and modern shared-nothing database architectures. Snowflake uses a central repository for persisted data that is accessible from all compute nodes in the data warehouse and processes queries using MPP (Massively Parallel Processing) compute clusters where each node in the cluster stores a portion of the data set. Snowflake processes using “Virtual Warehouses” which is an MPP compute cluster composed of multiple compute nodes. All components of Snowflake’s service run in a public Cloud-like AWS Redshift. This Data Warehouse is considered a cost-effective high performing analytical solution and is used by many organizations for critical workloads. In this post, we will discuss how to move real-time data from Postgres to Snowflake. So, read along and understand the steps to migrate data from Postgres to Snowflake. Method 1: Use LIKE.TG ETL to Move Data From Postgres to Snowflake With Ease UsingLIKE.TG , official Snowflake ETL partneryou can easily load data from Postgres to Snowflake with just 3 simple steps: Select your Source, Provide Credentials, and Load to Destination. LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL Step 1: Connect your PostgreSQL account to LIKE.TG ’s platform. LIKE.TG has an in-built PostgreSQL Integration that connects to your account within minutes. Read the documents to know the detailed configuration steps for each PostgreSQL variant. Step 2: Configure Snowflake as a Destination Perform the following steps to configure Snowflake as a Destination in LIKE.TG : By completing the above steps, you have successfully completed Postgres Snowflake integration. To know more, check out: PostgreSQL Source Connector Snowflake Destination Connector Check out some of the cool features of LIKE.TG : Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Schema Management:LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Scalable Infrastructure:LIKE.TG has in-built integrations for150+ sourcesthat can help you scale your data infrastructure as required. Method 2: Write a Custom Code to Move Data from Postgres to Snowflake As in the above-shown figure, the four steps to replicate Postgres to Snowflake using custom code (Method 2) are as follows: 1. Extract Data from Postgres COPY TO command is the most popular and efficient method to extract data from the Postgres table to a file. We can also use the pg_dump utility for the first time for full data extraction. We will have a look at both methods. a. Extract Data Using the COPY Command As mentioned above, COPY TO is the command used to move data between Postgres tables and standard file-system files. It copies an entire table or the results of a SELECT query to a file: COPY table or sql_query TO out_file_name WITH options. Example: COPY employees TO 'C:tmpemployees_db.csv' WITH DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER; COPY (select * from contacts where age < 45) TO 'C:tmpyoung_contacts_db.csv' WITH DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER; Some frequently used options are: FORMAT: The format of the data to be written are text, CSV, or binary (default is text). ESCAPE: The character that should appear before a data character that matches the QUOTE value. NULL: Represents the string that is a null value. The default is N (backslash-N) in text and an unquoted empty string in CSV. ENCODING: Encoding of the output file. The default value is the current client encoding. HEADER: If it is set, on the output file, the first line contains the column names from the table. QUOTE: The quoting character to be used when data is quoted. The default is double-quote(“). DELIMITER: The character that separates columns within each line of the file. Next, we can have a look at how the COPY command can be used to extract data from multiple tables using a PL/PgSQL procedure. Here, the table named tables_to_extract contains details of tables to be exported. CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION table_to_csv(path TEXT) RETURNS void AS $ declare tables RECORD; statement TEXT; begin FOR tables IN SELECT (schema || '.' || table_name) AS table_with_schema FROM tables_to_extract LOOP statement := 'COPY ' || tables.table_with_schema || ' TO ''' || path || '/' || tables.table_with_schema || '.csv' ||''' DELIMITER '';'' CSV HEADER'; EXECUTE statement; END LOOP; return; end; $ LANGUAGE plpgsql; SELECT db_to_csv('/home/user/dir'/dump); -- This will create one csv file per table, in /home/user/dir/dump/ Sometimes you want to extract data incrementally. To do that, add more metadata like the timestamp of the last data extraction to the table tables_to_extract and use that information while creating the COPY command to extract data changed after that timestamp. Consider you are using a column name last_pull_time corresponding to each table in the table tables_to_extract which stores the last successful data pull time. Each time data in the table which are modified after that timestamp has to be pulled. The body of the loop in procedure will change like this: Here a dynamic SQL is created with a predicate comparing last_modified_time_stampfrom the table to be extracted and last_pull_time from table list_of_tables. begin FOR tables IN SELECT (schema || '.' || table_name) AS table_with_schema, last_pull_time AS lt FROM tables_to_extract LOOP statement := 'COPY (SELECT * FROM ' || tables.table_with_schema || ' WHERE last_modified_time_stamp > ' || last_pull_time ') TO ' '' || path || '/' || tables.table_with_schema || '.csv' ||''' DELIMITER '';'' CSV HEADER'; EXECUTE statement; END LOOP; return; End; b. Extract Data Using the pg_dump As mentioned above, pg_dump is the utility for backing up a Postgres database or tables. It can be used to extract data from the tables also. Example syntax: pg_dump --column-inserts --data-only --table=<table> <database> > table_name.sql Here output file table_name.sql will be in the form of INSERT statements like INSERT INTO my_table (column1, column2, column3, ...) VALUES (value1, value2, value3, ...); This output has to be converted into a CSV file with the help of a small script in your favorites like Bash or Python. 2. Data Type Conversion from Postgres to Snowflake There will be domain-specific logic to be applied while transferring data. Apart from that following things are to be noted while migrating data to avoid surprises. Snowflake out-of-the-box supports a number of character sets including UTF-8. Check out the full list of encodings. Unlike many other cloud analytical solutions, Snowflake supports SQL constraints like UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, FOREIGN KEY, NOT NULL constraints. Snowflake by default has a rich set of data types. Below is the list of Snowflake data types and corresponding PostgreSQL types. Snowflake allows almost all of the date/time formats. The format can be explicitly specified while loading data to the table using the File Format Option which we will discuss in detail later. The complete list of supported date/time formats can be found. 3. Stage Data Files Before inserting data from Postgres to Snowflake table it needs to be uploaded to a temporary location which is called staging. There are two types of stages – internal and external. a. Internal Stage Each user and table is automatically allocated an internal stage for data files. It is also possible to create named internal stages. The user named and accessed as ‘@~’. The name of the table stage will be the same as that of the table. The user or table stages can’t be altered or dropped. The user or table stages do not support setting file format options. As mentioned above, Internal Named Stages can be created by the user using the respective SQL statements. It provides a lot of flexibility while loading data by giving options to you to assign file format and other options to named stages. While running DDL and commands like load data, SnowSQL is quite a handy CLI client which can be used to run those commands and is available in Linux/Mac/Windows. Read more about the tool and options. Below are some example commands to create a stage: Create a names stage: create or replace stage my_postgres_stage copy_options = (on_error='skip_file') file_format = (type = 'CSV' field_delimiter = '|' skip_header = 1); PUT command is used to stage data files to an internal stage. The syntax of the command is as given below : PUT file://path_to_file/filename internal_stage_name Example: Upload a file named cnt_data.csv in the /tmp/postgres_data/data/ directory to an internal stage named postgres_stage. put file:////tmp/postgres_data/data/cnt_data.csv @postgres_stage; There are many useful options that can be helpful to improve performance like set parallelism while uploading the file, automatic compression of data files, etc. More information about those options is listed here. b. External Stage Amazon S3 and Microsoft Azure are external staging locations currently supported by Snowflake. We can create an external stage with any of those locations and load data to a Snowflake table. To create an external stage on S3, IAM credentials have to be given. If the data is encrypted, then encryption keys should also be given. create or replace stage postgre_ext_stage url='s3://snowflake/data/load/files/' credentials=(aws_key_id='111a233b3c' aws_secret_key='abcd4kx5y6z'); encryption=(master_key = 'eSxX0jzYfIjkahsdkjamtnBKONDwOaO8='); Data to the external stage can be uploaded using AWS or Azure web interfaces. For S3 you can upload using the AWS web console or any AWS SDK or third-party tools. 4. Copy Staged Files from Postgres to Snowflake Table COPY INTO is the command used to load the contents of the staged file(s) from Postgres to the Snowflake table. To execute the command compute resources in the form of virtual warehouses are needed. You know more about it this command in the Snowflake ETL best practices. Example:To load from a named internal stage COPY INTO postgres_table FROM @postgres_stage; Loading from the external stage. Only one file is specified. COPY INTO my_external_stage_table FROM @postgres_ext_stage/tutorials/dataloading/contacts_ext.csv; You can even copy directly from an external location: COPY INTO postgres_table FROM s3://mybucket/snow/data/files credentials = (aws_key_id='$AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID' aws_secret_key='$AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY') encryption = (master_key = 'eSxX0jzYfIdsdsdsamtnBKOSgPH5r4BDDwOaO8=') file_format = (format_name = csv_format); Files can be specified using patterns. COPY INTO pattern_table FROM @postgre_stage file_format = (type = 'CSV') pattern='.*/.*/.*[.]csv[.]gz'; Some common format options for CSV format supported in the COPY command: COMPRESSION: Compression algorithm used for the input data files. RECORD_DELIMITER: Records or lines separator characters in an input CSV file. FIELD_DELIMITER: Character separating fields in the input file. SKIP_HEADER: How many header lines are to be skipped. DATE_FORMAT: To specify the date format. TIME_FORMAT: To specify the time format. Check out the full list of options. So, now you have finally loaded data from Postgres to Snowflake. Update Snowflake Table We have discussed how to extract data incrementally from PostgreSQL. Now we will look at how to migrate data from Postgres to Snowflake effectively. As we discussed in the introduction, Snowflake is not based on any big data framework and does not have any limitations for row-level updates like in systems like Hive. It supports row-level updates making delta data migration much easier. Basic idea is to load incrementally extracted data into an intermediate table and modify records in the final table as per data in the intermediate table. There are three popular methods to modify the final table once data is loaded into the intermediate table. Update the rows in the final table and insert new rows from the intermediate table which are not in the final table. UPDATE final_target_table t SET t.value = s.value FROM intermed_delta_table in WHERE t.id = in.id; INSERT INTO final_target_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM intermed_delta_table WHERE NOT id IN (SELECT id FROM final_target_table); Delete all records from the final table which are in the intermediate table. Then insert all rows from the intermediate table to the final table. DELETE .final_target_table f WHERE f.id IN (SELECT id from intermed_delta_table); INSERT final_target_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM intermed_table; MERGE statement: Inserts and updates can be done with a single MERGE statement and it can be used to apply changes in the intermediate table to the final table with one SQL statement. MERGE into final_target_table t1 using intermed_delta_table t2 on t1.id = t2.id WHEN matched then update set value = t2.value WHEN not matched then INSERT (id, value) values (t2.id, t2.value); Limitations of Using Custom Scripts for Postgres to Snowflake Connection Here are some of the limitations associated with the use of custom scripts to connect Postgres to Snowflake. Complexity This method necessitates a solid grasp of PostgreSQL and Snowflake, including their respective data types, SQL syntax, and file-handling features. Some may find this to be a challenging learning curve because not all may have substantial familiarity with SQL or database management. Time-consuming It can take a while to write scripts and troubleshoot any problems that may occur, particularly with larger databases or more intricate data structures. Error-prone In human scripting, mistakes can happen. A small error in the script might result in inaccurate or corrupted data. No Direct Support You cannot contact a specialized support team in the event that you run into issues. For help with any problems, you’ll have to rely on the manuals, community forums, or internal knowledge. Scalability Issues The scripts may need to be modified or optimized to handle larger datasets as the volume of data increases. Without substantial efforts, this strategy might not scale effectively. Inefficiency with Large Datasets It might not be the most effective method to move big datasets by exporting them to a file and then importing them again, especially if network bandwidth is limited. Methods of direct data transmission could be quicker. Postgres to Snowflake Data Replication Use Cases Let’s look into some use cases of Postgres-Snowflake replication. Transferring Postgres data to Snowflake Are you feeling constrained by your Postgres configuration on-premises? Transfer your data to Snowflake’s endlessly scalable cloud platform with ease. Take advantage of easy performance enhancements, cost-effectiveness, and the capacity to manage large datasets. Data Warehousing Integrate data into Snowflake’s robust data warehouse from a variety of sources, including Postgres. This can help uncover hidden patterns, get a better understanding of your company, and strengthen strategic decision-making. Advanced Analytics Utilize Snowflake’s quick processing to run complex queries and find minute patterns in your Postgres data. This can help you stay ahead of the curve, produce smart reports, and gain deeper insights. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning Integrate your Postgres data seamlessly with Snowflake’s machine-learning environment. As a result, you can develop robust models, provide forecasts, and streamline processes to lead your company toward data-driven innovation. Collaboration and Data Sharing Colleagues and partners can securely access your Postgres data within the collaborative Snowflake environment. Hence, this integration helps promote smooth communication and expedite decision-making and group achievement. Backup and Disaster Recovery Transfer your Postgres data to the dependable and safe cloud environment offered by Snowflake. You can be assured that your data is constantly accessible and backed up, guaranteeing company continuity even in the event of unanticipated events. Before wrapping up, let’s cover some basics. What is Postgres? Postgres is an open-source Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) developed at the University of California, Berkeley. It is widely known for reliability, feature robustness, and performance, and has been in use for over 20 years. Postgres supports not only object-relational data but also supports complex structures and a wide variety of user-defined data types. This gives Postgres a definitive edge over other open-source SQL databases like MySQL, MariaDB, and Firebird. Businesses rely on Postgres as their primary data storage/data warehouse for online, mobile, geospatial, and analytics applications. Postgres runs on all major operating systems, including Linux, UNIX (AIX, BSD, HP-UX, SGI IRIX, Mac OS X, Solaris, Tru64), and Windows. What is Snowflake? Snowflake is a fully-managed Cloud-based Data Warehouse that helps businesses modernize their analytics strategy. Snowflake can query both structured and unstructured data using standard SQL. It delivers results of user queries spanning Gigabytes and Petabytes of data in seconds. Snowflake automatically harnesses thousands of CPU cores to quickly execute queries for you. You can even query streaming data from your web, mobile apps, or IoT devices in real-time. Snowflake comes with a web-based UI, a command-line tool, and APIs with client libraries that makes interacting with Snowflake pretty simple. Snowflake is secure and meets the most secure regulatory standards such as HIPAA, FedRAMP, and PCI DSS. When you store your data in Snowflake, your data is encrypted in transit and at rest by default and it’s automatically replicated, restored, and backed up to ensure business continuity. Additional Resources for PostgreSQL Integrations and Migrations PostgreSQL to Oracle Migration Connect PostgreSQL to MongoDB Connect PostgreSQL to Redshift Integrate Postgresql to Databricks Export a PostgreSQL Table to a CSV File Conclusion High-performing Data Warehouse solutions like Snowflake are getting more adoption and are becoming an integral part of a modern analytics pipeline. Migrating data from various data sources to this kind of cloud-native solution i.e from Postgres to Snowflake, requires expertise in the cloud, data security, and many other things like metadata management. If you are looking for an ETL tool that facilitates the automatic migration and transformation of data from Postgres to Snowflake, then LIKE.TG is the right choice for you.LIKE.TG is a No-code Data Pipeline. It supports pre-built integration from150+ data sourcesat a reasonableprice. With LIKE.TG , you can perfect, modify and enrich your data conveniently. visit our website to explore LIKE.TG [/LIKE.TG Button] SIGN UP for a 14-day free trial and see the difference! Have any further queries about PostgreSQL to Snowflake? Get in touch with us in the comments section below.
 Decoding Google BigQuery Pricing
Decoding Google BigQuery Pricing
Google BigQuery is a fully managed data warehousing tool that abstracts you from any form of physical infrastructure so you can focus on tasks that matter to you. Hence, understanding Google BigQuery Pricing is pertinent if your business is to take full advantage of the Data Warehousing tool’s offering. However, the process of understanding Google BigQuery Pricing is not as simple as it may seem.The focus of this blog post will be to help you understand the Google BigQuery Pricing setup in great detail. This would, in turn, help you tailor your data budget to fit your business needs. What is to Google BigQuery? It is Google Cloud Platform’s enterprise data warehouse for analytics. Google BigQuery performs exceptionally even while analyzing huge amounts of data quickly meets your Big Data processing requirements with offerings such as exabyte-scale storage and petabyte-scale SQL queries. It is a serverless Software as a Service (SaaS) application that supports querying using ANSI SQL houses machine learning capabilities. Some key features of Google BigQuery: Scalability: Google BigQuery offers true scalability and consistent performance using its massively parallel computing and secure storage engine. Data Ingestions Formats:Google BigQuery allows users to load data in various formats such as AVRO, CSV, JSON etc. Built-in AI ML: It supports predictive analysis using its auto ML tables feature, a codeless interface that helps develop models having best in class accuracy. Google BigQuery ML is another feature that supports algorithms such as K means, Logistic Regression etc. Parallel Processing: It uses a cloud-based parallel query processing engine that reads data from thousands of disks at the same time. For further information on Google BigQuery, you can check theofficial site here. What are the Factors that Affect Google BigQuery Pricing? Google BigQuery uses a pay-as-you-go pricing model, and thereby charges only for the resources they use. There are mainly two factors that affect the cost incurred on the user, the data that they store and the amount of queries, users execute. You can learn about the factors affecting Google BigQuery Pricing in the following sections: Effect of Storage Cost on Google BigQuery Pricing Effect of Query Cost on Google BigQuery Pricing Effect of Storage Cost on Google BigQuery Pricing Storage costs are based on the amount of data you store in BigQuery. Storage costs are usually incurred based on: Active Storage Usage: Charges that are incurred monthly for data stored in BigQuery tables or partitions that have some changes effected in the last 90 days. Long Time Storage Usage: A considerably lower charge incurred if you have not effected any changes on your BigQuery tables or partitions in the last 90 days. BigQuery Storage API: Charges incur while suing the BigQuery storage APIs based on the size of the incoming data. Costs are calculated during the ReadRows streaming operations. Streaming Usage: Google BigQuery charges users for every 200MB of streaming data they have ingested. Data Size Calculation Once your data is loaded into BigQuery you start incurring charges, the charge you incur is usually based on the amount of uncompressed data you stored in your BigQuery tables. The data size is calculated based on the data type of each individual columns of your tables. Data size is calculated in Gigabytes(GB) where 1GB is 230 bytes or Terabytes(TB) where 1TB is 240 bytes(1024 GBs). The table shows the various data sizes for each data type supported by BigQuery. For example, let’s say you have a table called New_table saved on BigQuery. The table contains 2 columns with 100 rows, Column A and B. Say column A contains integers and column B contains DateTime data type. The total size of our table will be (100 rows x 8 bytes) for column A + (100 rows x 8 bytes) for column B which will give us 1600 bytes. BigQuery Storage Pricing Google BigQuery pricing for both storage use cases is explained below. Active Storage Pricing:Google BigQuery pricing for active storage usage is as follows: Region (U.S Multi-region) Storage Type Pricing Details Active Storage $0.020 per GB BigQuery offers free tier storage for the first 10 GB of data stored each month So if we store a table of 100GB for 1 month the cost will be (100 x 0.020) = $2 and the cost for half a month will $1. Be sure to pay close attention to your regions. Storage costs vary from region to region. For example, the storage cost for using Mumbai (South East Asia) is $0.023 per GB, while the cost of using the EU(multi-region) is $0.020 per GB. Long-term Storage Pricing: Google BigQuery pricing for long-term storage usage is as follows: Region (U.S Multi-Region) Storage Type Pricing Details Long-term storage $0.010 per GB BigQuery offers free tier storage for the first 10 GB of data stored each month The price for long term storage is considerably lower than that of the active storage and also varies from location to location. If you modify the data in your table, it 90 days timer reverts back to zero and starts all over again. Be sure to always keep that in mind. BigQuery Storage API: Storage API charge is incurred during ReadRows streaming operations where the cost accrued is based on incoming data sizes, not on the bytes of the transmitted data. BigQuery Storage API has two tiers for pricing they are: On-demand pricing: These charges are incurred per usage. The charges are: Pricing Details $1.10 per TB data read BigQuery Storage API is not included in the free tier Flat rate pricing: This Google BigQuery pricing is available only to customers on flat-rate pricing. Customers on flat-rate pricing can read up to 300TB of data monthly at no cost. After exhausting 300TB free storage, the pricing reverts to on-demand. Streaming Usage:Pricing for streaming data into BigQuery is as follows: Operation Pricing Details Ingesting streamed data $0.010 per 200MB Rows that are successfully ingested are what you are charged for Effect of Query Cost on Google BigQuery Pricing This involves costs incurred for running SQL commands, user-defined functions, Data Manipulation Language (DML) and Data Definition Language (DDL) statements. DML are SQL statements that allow you to update, insert, delete data from your BigQuery tables. DDL statements, on the other hand, allows you to create, modify BigQuery resources using standard SQL syntax. BigQuery offers it’s customers two tiers of pricing from which they can choose from when running queries. The pricing tiers are: On-demand Pricing: In this Google BigQuery pricing model you are charged for the number of bytes processed by your query, the charges are not affected by your data source be it on BigQuery or an external data source. You are not charged for queries that return an error and queries loaded from cache. On-demand pricing information is given below: Operation Pricing Details Queries (on demand) $5 per TB 1st 1TB per month is not billed Prices also vary from location to location. Flat-rate Pricing: This Google BigQuery pricing model is for customers who prefer a stable monthly cost to fit their budget. Flat-rate pricing requires its users to purchase BigQuery Slots. All queries executed are charged to your monthly flat rate price. Flat rate pricing is only available for query costs and not storage costs. Flat rate pricing has two tiers available for selection Monthly Flat-rate Pricing: The monthly flat-rate pricing is given below: Monthly Costs Number of Slots $ 10,000 500 Annual Flat-rate Pricing: In this Google BigQuery pricing model you buy slots for the whole year but you are billed monthly. Annual Flat-rate costs are quite lower than the monthly flat-rate pricing system. An illustration is given below: Monthly Costs Number of Slots $8,500 500 How to Check Google BigQuery Cost? Now that you have a good idea of what different activities will cost you on BigQuery, the next step would be to estimate your Google BigQuery Pricing. For that operation, Google Cloud Platform(GCP) has a tool called the GCP Price Calculator. In the next sections, let us look at how to estimate both Query and Storage Costs using the GCP Price Calculator: Using the GCP Price Calculator to Estimate Query Cost Using the GCP Price Calculator to Estimate Storage Cost Using the GCP Price Calculator to Estimate Query Cost On-demand Pricing: For customers on the on-demand pricing model, the steps to estimate your query costs using the GCP Price calculator are given below: Login to your BigQuery console home page. Enter the query you want to run, the query validator(the green tick) will verify your query and give an estimate of the number of bytes processed. This estimate is what you will use to calculate your query cost in the GCP Price Calculator. From the image above, we can see that our Query validator will process 3.1 GB of data when the query is run. This value would be used to calculate the query cost on GCP Price calculator. The next action is to open the GCP Price calculator to calculate Google BigQuery pricing. Select BigQuery as your product and choose on-demand as your mode of pricing. Populate the on-screen form with all the required information, the image below gives an illustration. From the image above the costs for running our query of 3.1GB is $0, this is because we have not exhausted our 1TB free tier for the month, once it is exhausted we will be charged accordingly. Flat-rate Pricing: The process for on-demand and flat-rate pricing is very similar to the above steps. The only difference is – when you are on the GCP Price Calculator page, you have to select the Flat-rate option and populate the form to view your charges. How much does it Cost to Run a 12 GiB Query in BigQuery? In this pricing model, you are charged for the number of bytes processed by your query. Also, you are not charged for queries that return an error and queries loaded from the cache. BigQuery charges you $5 per TB of a query processed. However, 1st 1TB per month is not billed. So, to run a 12 GiB Query in BigQuery, you don’t need to pay anything if you have not exhausted the 1st TB of your month. So, let’s assume you have exhausted the 1st TB of the month. Now, let’s use the GCP Price Calculator to estimate the cost of running a 12 GiB Query. Populate the on-screen form with all the required information and calculate the cost. According to the GCP Calculator, it will cost you around $0.06 to process 12 GiB Query. How much does it Cost to Run a 1TiB Query in BigQuery? Assuming you have exhausted the 1st TB of the month. Now, let’s use the GCP Price Calculator to estimate the cost of running a 1 TiB Query. Populate the on-screen form with all the required information and calculate the cost. According to the GCP Calculator, it will cost you $5 to process 1 TiB Query. How much does it Cost to Run a 100 GiB Query in BigQuery? Assuming you have exhausted the 1st TB of the month. Now, let’s use the GCP Price Calculator to estimate the cost of running a 100 GiB Query. Populate the on-screen form with all the required information and calculate the cost. According to the GCP Calculator, it will cost you $0.49 to process 100 GiB Query. Using the GCP Price Calculator to Estimate Storage Cost The steps to estimating your storage cost with the GCP price calculator are as follows: Access the GCP Price Calculator home page. Select BigQuery as your product. Click on the on-demand tab (BigQuery does not have storage option for Flat rate pricing). Populate the on-screen form with your table details and size of the data you want to store either in MB, GB or TB. (Remember the first 10GB of storage on BigQuery is free) Click add to estimate to view your final cost estimate. BigQuery API Cost The pricing model for the Storage Read API can be found in on-demand pricing. On-demand pricing is completely usage-based. Apart from this, BigQuery’s on-demand pricing plan also provides its customers with a supplementary tier of 300TB/month. Although, you would be charged on a per-data-read basis on bytes from temporary tables. This is because they aren’t considered a component of the 300TB free tier. Even if a ReadRows function breaks down, you would have to pay for all the data read during a read session. If you cancel a ReadRows request before the completion of the stream, you will be billed for any data read prior to the cancellation. BigQuery Custom Cost Control If you dabble in various BigQuery users and projects, you can take care of expenses by setting a custom quote limit. This is defined as the quantity of query data that can be processed by users in a single day. Personalized quotas set at the project level can constrict the amount of data that might be used within that project. Personalized User Quotas are assigned to service accounts or individual users within a project. BigQuery Flex Slots Google BigQuery Flex Slots were introduced by Google back in 2020. This pricing option lets users buy BigQuery slots for short amounts of time, beginning with 60-second intervals. Flex Slots are a splendid addition for users who want to quickly scale down or up while maintaining predictability of costs and control. Flex Slots are perfect for organizations with business models that are subject to huge shifts in data capacity demands. Events like a Black Friday Shopping surge or a major app launch make perfect use cases. Right now, Flex Slots cost $0.04/slot, per hour. It also provides you with the option to cancel at any time after 60 seconds. This means you will only be billed for the duration of the Flex Slots Deployment. How to Stream Data into BigQuery without Incurring a Cost? Loading data into BigQuery is entirely free, but streaming data into BigQuery adds a cost. Hence, it is better to load data than to stream it, unless quick access to your data is needed. Tips for Optimizing your BigQuery Cost The following are some best practices that will prevent you from incurring unnecessary costs when using BigQuery: Avoid using SELECT *when running your queries, only query data that you need. Sample your data using the preview function on BigQuery, running a query just to sample your data is an unnecessary cost. Always check the prices of your query and storage activities on GCP Price Calculator before executing them. Only use Streaming when you require your data readily available. Loading data in BigQuery is free. If you are querying a large multi-stage data set, break your query into smaller bits this helps in reducing the amount of data that is read which in turn lowers cost. Partition your data by date, this allows you to carry out queries on relevant sub-set of your data and in turn reduce your query cost. With this, we can conclude the topic of BigQuery Pricing. Conclusion This write-up has exposed you to the various aspects of Google BigQueryPricing to help you optimize your experience when trying to make the most out of your data. You can now easily estimate the cost of your BigQuery operations with the methods mentioned in this write-up. In case you want to export data from a source of your choice into your desired Database/destination likeGoogle BigQuery, thenLIKE.TG Datais the right choice for you! We are all ears to hear about any other questions you may have on Google BigQuery Pricing. Let us know your thoughts in the comments section below.
 AppsFlyer to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
AppsFlyer to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
AppsFlyer is an attribution platform that helps developers build their mobile apps. Moreover, it also helps them market their apps, track their Leads, analyze their customer behavior and optimize their Sales accordingly.Amazon Redshift is a Cloud-based Data Warehousing Solution from Amazon Web Services (AWS). It helps you consolidate your data from multiple data sources into a centralized location for easy access and analytical purposes. It extracts the data from your data sources, transforms it into a specific format, and then loads it into Redshift Data Warehouse. Whether you are looking to load data from AppsFlyer to Redshift for in-depth analysis or you are looking to simply backup Appsflyer data to Redshift, this post can help you out. This blog highlights the steps and broad approaches required to load data from Appsflyer to Redshift. Introduction to AppsFlyer AppsFlyer is an attribution platform for mobile app marketers. It helps businesses understand the source of traffic and measure advertising. It provides a dashboard that analyses the users’ engagement with the app. That is, which users engage with the app, how they engage, and the revenue they generate. For more information on AppsFlyer, click here. Solve your data replication problems with LIKE.TG ’s reliable, no-code, automated pipelines with 150+ connectors.Get your free trial right away! Introduction to Amazon Redshift Amazon Redshift is a Data Warehouse built using MPP (Massively Parallel Processing) architecture. It forms part of the AWS Cloud Computing platform and is owned and maintained by AWS. It has the ability to handle large volumes of data sets and huge analytical workloads. The data is stored in a column-oriented DBMS principle which makes it different from other databases offered by Amazon. Using Amazon Redshift SQL, you can query megabytes of structured or unstructured data and save the results in your S3 data lake using Apache Parquet format. This helps you to do further analysis using Amazon SageMaker, Amazon EMR, and Amazon Athena. For more information on Amazon Redshift, click here. Methodsto Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift Method 1: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift by Building Custom ETL Scripts This approach would be a good way to go if you have decent engineering bandwidth allocated to the project. The broad steps would involve: Understanding the AppsFlyer data export APIs, building code to bring data out of AppsFlyer, and loading data into Redshift. Once set up, this infrastructure would also need to be monitored and maintained for accurate data to be available all the time. Method 2: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift using LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG comes with out-of-the-box integration with AppsFlyer (Free Data Source) and loads data to Amazon Redshift without having to write any code. LIKE.TG ’s ability to reliably load data in real-time combined with its ease of use makes it a great alternative to Method 1. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! This blog outlines both of the above approaches. Thus, you will be able to analyze the pros and cons of each when deciding on a direction as per your use case. Methodsto Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift Broadly there are 2 methods to load data from AppsFlyer to Redshift: Method 1: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift by Building Custom ETL ScriptsMethod 2: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift using LIKE.TG Data Let’s walk through these methods one by one. Method 1: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift by Building Custom ETL Scripts Follow the steps below to load data from AppsFlyer to Redshift by building custom ETL scripts: Step 1: Getting Data from AppsflyerStep 2: Loading Data into Redshift Step 1: Getting Data from Appsflyer AppsFlyer supports a wide array of APIs that allow you to pull different data points both in raw (impressions, clicks, installs, etc.) and aggregated (aggregated impressions, clicks, or filtering by Media source, country, etc.) format. You can read more about them here. Before jumping on to implementing an API call, you would first need to understand the exact use case that you are catering to. The basis that, you will need to choose the API to implement. Note that certain APIs would only be available to you based on your current plan with AppsFlyer. For the scope of this blog, let us bring in data from PULL APIs. PULL APIs essentially allow the customers of AppsFlyer to get a CSV download of raw and aggregate data. You can read more about the PULL APIs here. In order to bring data, you would need to make an API call describing the data points you need to be returned. The API call must include the authorization key of the user, as well as the date range for which the data needs to be extracted. More parameters might be added to request information like currency, source, and other specific fields. A sample PULL API call would look like this: https://hq.appsflyer.com/export/master_report/v4?api_token=[api_token] app_id=[app_id]from=[from_date]to=[to_date]groupings=[list]kpis=[list] As a response, a CSV file is returned from each successful API query. Next, you would need to import this data into Amazon Redshift. Step 2: Loading Data into Redshift As a first step, identify the columns you want to insert and use the CREATE TABLE Redshift command to create a table. All the CSV data will be stored in this table. Loading data with the INSERT command is not the right choice because it inserts data row by row. Therefore, you would need to load data to Amazon S3 and use to COPY command to load it into Redshift. In case you need this process to be done on a regular basis, the cron job should be set up to run with reasonable frequency, ensuring that the AppsFlyer data in the Redshift data warehouse stays up to date. Limitations of Loading Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift Using Custom Code Listed down are the limitations and challenges of loading data from AppsFlyer to Redshift using custom code: Accessing Appsflyer Data in Real-Time: After you’ve successfully created a program that loads data to your warehouse, you will need to deal with the challenge of loading new or updated data. Replicating the data in real-time when a new or updated record is created slows the operation because it’s resource-intensive. To get new and updated data as it appears in the AppsFlyer, you will need to write additional code and build cron jobs to run this in a continuous loop.Infrastructure Maintenance: When moving data from AppsFlyer to Redshift, many things can go wrong. For example, AppsFlyer may update the APIs or sometimes the Redshift data warehouse might be unavailable. These issues can cause the data flow to stop, resulting in severe data loss. Hence, we would need to have a team that can continuously monitor and maintain the infrastructure. Method 2: Load Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift using LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline helps to Load Data from any data source such as Databases, SaaS applications, Cloud Storage, SDKs, and Streaming Services and simplifies the ETL process. It supports 100+ data sources (including 40+ Free Data Sources) including AppsFlyer, etc., for free and is a 3-step process by just selecting the data source, providing valid credentials, and choosing the destination. LIKE.TG loads the data onto the desired Data Warehouse, enriches the data, and transforms it into an analysis-ready form without writing a single line of code. Its completely automated pipeline offers data to be delivered in real-time without any loss from source to destination. Its fault-tolerant and scalable architecture ensure that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss and supports different forms of data. The solutions provided are consistent and work with different Business Intelligence (BI) tools as well. Get Started with LIKE.TG for free LIKE.TG overcomes all the limitations mentioned. You move data in just two steps, no coding is required. Authenticate and Connect Appsflyer Data Source as shown in the image below by entering the Pipeline Name, API Token, App ID, and Pull API Timezone. Configure the Redshift Data Warehouse where you want to load the data as shown in the image below by entering the Destination Name and Database Cluster Identifier, User, Password, Port, Name, and Schema. Benefits of Loading Data from AppsFlyer to Redshift using LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG platform allows you to seamlessly move data from AppsFlyer and numerous other free data sources to Redshift. Here are some more advantages: Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss.Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema.Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations.LIKE.TG Is Built To Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency.Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends.Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support calls.Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! Conclusion This article introduced you to AppsFlyer and Amazon Redshift. It provided you with 2 methods that you can use to load data from AppsFlyer to Redshift. The 1st method includes Manual Integration between AppsFlyer and Redshift while the 2nd method includes Automated Integration using LIKE.TG Data. With the complexity involves in manual Integration, businesses are leaning more towards automated Integration. This is not only hassle-free but also easy to operate and does not require any technical proficiency. In such a case, LIKE.TG Data is the right choice for you! It will help simplify the Web Analysis process by setting up AppsFlyer Redshift Integration for free. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. What are your thoughts about moving data from AppsFlyer to Redshift? Let us know in the comments.
 Redshift Pricing: A Comprehensive Guide
Redshift Pricing: A Comprehensive Guide
AWS Redshift is a pioneer in completely managed data warehouse services. With its ability to scale on-demand, a comprehensive Postgres-compatible querying engine, and multitudes of AWS tools to augment the core capabilities, Redshift provides everything a customer needs to use as the sole data warehouse solution. And with these many capabilities, one would expect Redshift pricing would fall too heavy, but it’s not the case.In fact, all of these features come at reasonable, competitive pricing.However, the process of understanding Redshift pricing is not straightforward. AWS offers a wide variety of pricing options to choose from, depending on your use case and budget constraints. In this post, we will explore the different Redshift pricing options available. Additionally, we will also explore some of the best practices that can help you optimize your organization’s data warehousing costs, too. What is Redshift Amazon Redshift is a fully-managed petabyte-scale cloud-based data warehouse, designed to store large-scale data sets and perform insightful analysis on them in real-time. It is highly column-oriented designed to connect with SQL-based clients and business intelligence tools, making data available to users in real time. Supporting PostgreSQL 8, Redshift delivers exceptional performance and efficient querying. Each Amazon Redshift data warehouse contains a collection of computing resources (nodes) organized in a cluster, each having an engine of its own and a database to it. For further information on Amazon Redshift, you can check theofficial site here. Amazon Redshift Pricing Let’s learn about Amazon Redshift’s capabilities and pricing. Free Tier: For new enterprises, the AWS free tier offers a two-month trial to run a single DC2. Largenode, which includes 750 hrs per month with 160 GB compressed solid-state drives. On-Demand Pricing: When launching an Amazon Redshift cluster, users select a number of nodes and their instance type in a specific region to run their data warehouse. In on-demand pricing, a straightforward hourly rate is applied based on the chosen configuration, billed as long as the cluster is active, which is around $0.25 USD per hour. Redshift Serverless Pricing: With Amazon Redshift Serverless, costs accumulate only when the data warehouse is active, measured in units of Redshift Processing Units (RPUs). Charges are on a per-second basis, including concurrency scaling and Amazon Redshift Spectrum, with their costs already incorporated. Managed Storage Pricing: Amazon Redshift charges on the data stored in managed storage at a particular rate per GB-month. This usage is calculated hourly based on the total data volume, starting at $0.024 USD per GB with the RA3 node. The Managed Redshift storage cost can vary by AWS region. Spectrum Pricing: Amazon Redshift Spectrum allows users to run SQL queries directly on data in S3 buckets. The pricing is calculated based on the number of bytes scanned, with pricing set at $5 USD per terabyte of data scanned. Concurrency Scaling Pricing: Concurrency Scaling enables Redshift to scale to multiple concurrent users and queries. Users accrue a one-hour credit for every twenty-four hours their main cluster is live, with additional usage charged on a per-second, on-demand rate based on the main cluster’s node types. Reserved Instance Pricing: Reserved instances, intended for stable production workloads, offer cost savings compared to on-demand clusters. Pricing for reserved instances can be paid all upfront, partially upfront, or monthly over a year with no upfront charges. Read: Amazon Redshift Data Types – A Detailed Overview Factors that affect Amazon Redshift Pricing Amazon Redshift Pricing is broadly affected by four factors: The node type that the customer chooses to build his cluster. The region where the cluster is deployed. Billing strategy – on-demand billing or a reservedpricingstrategy. Use ofRedshiftSpectrum. Let’s look into these Redshift billing and pricing factors in detail. Effect of Node Type on Redshift Pricing Effect of Regions on Redshift Pricing On-demand vs Reserved Instance Pricing Amazon Redshift Spectrum Pricing Effect of Node Type on Redshift Pricing Redshift follows a cluster-based architecture with multiple nodes allowing it to massively parallel process data. (You can read more on Redshift architecture here). This means Redshift performance is directly correlated to the specification and number of nodes that form the cluster. It offers multiple kinds of nodes from which the customers can choose based on the computing and storage requirements. Dense compute nodes: These nodes are optimized for computing and offer SSDs up to 2.5 TB and physical memory up to 244 GB. Redshift pricing will also depend on the region in which your cluster will be located. The price of the lowest spec dc2.large instance varies from .25 to .37 $ per hour depending on the region. There is also a higher spec version available which is called dc2.8xlarge which can cost anywhere from 4.8 to 7 $ per hour depending on region. Dense storage nodes: These nodes offer higher storage capacity per node, but the storage hardware will be HDDs.Dense storage nodes also allow two versions – a basic version called ds2.large which offers HDDs up to 2 TB and a higher spec version that offers HDDs up to 16 TB per node. Price can vary from .85 to 1.4 $ per hour for the basic version and 6 to 11 $ per hour for the ds2.8xlarge version. As mentioned in the above sections, Redshift pricing varies on a wide range depending on the node types. One another critical constraint is that your cluster can be formed only using the same type of nodes. So you would need to find the most optimum node type based on specific use cases. As a thumb rule, AWS itself recommends a dense compute type node for use cases with less than 500 GB of data. There is a possibility of using previous generation nodes for a further decrease in price, but we will not recommend them since they miss out on the critical elastic resize feature. This means scaling could go into hours when using such nodes. Effect of Regions on Redshift Pricing Since Redshift pricing varies, from costs for running their data centers in different parts of the world to the pricing of nodes depending on the region where the cluster is to be deployed. Let’s deliberate on some of the factors that may affect the decision of which region to deploy the cluster. While choosing regions, it may not be sensible to choose the regions with the cheapest price, because the data transfer time can vary according to the distance at which the clusters are located from their data source or targets. It is best to choose a location that is nearest to your data source. In specific cases, this decision may be further complicated by the mandates to follow data storage compliance, which requires the data to be kept in specific country boundaries. AWS deploys its features in different regions in a phased manner. While choosing regions, it would be worthwhile to ensure that the AWS features that you intend to use outside of Redshift are available in your preferred region. In general, US-based regions offer the cheapest price while Asia-based regions are the most expensive ones. On-demand vs Reserved Instance Pricing Amazon offers discounts on Redshift pricing based on its usual rates if the customer is able to commit to a longer duration of using the clusters. Usually, this duration is in terms of years. Amazon claims a saving of up to 75 percent if a customer uses reserved instance pricing. When you choose reserved pricing, irrespective of whether a cluster is active or not for the particular time period, you still have to pay the predefined amount. Redshift currently offers three types of reserved pricing strategies: No upfront: This is offered only for a one-year duration. The customer gets a 20 percent discount over existing on-demand prices. Partial upfront: The customer needs to pay half of the money up front and the rest in monthly installments. Amazon assures up to 41 % discount on on-demand prices for one year and 71% over 3 years. This can be purchased for a one to three-year duration. Full payment upfront: Amazon claims a 42 % discount over a year period and a 75 % discount over three years if the customer chooses to go with this option. Even though the on-demand strategy offers the most flexibility — in terms of Redshift pricing — a customer may be able to save quite a lot of money if they are sure that the cluster will be engaged over a longer period of time. Redshift’s concurrency scaling is charged at on-demand rates on a per-second basis for every transient cluster that is used. AWS provides 1 hour of free credit for concurrency scaling for every 24 hours that a cluster remains active. The free credit is calculated on a per-hour basis. Amazon Redshift Spectrum Pricing Redshift Spectrum is a querying engine service offered by AWS allowing customers to use only the computing capability of Redshift clusters on data available in S3 in different formats. This feature enables customers to add external tables to Redshift clusters and run complex read queries over them without actually loading or copying data to Redshift. Redshift spectrum cost is based on the data scanned by each query, to know in detail, read further. Pricing of Redshift Spectrum is based on the amount of data scanned by each query and is fixed at 5$ per TB of data scanned. The cost is calculated in terms of the nearest megabyte with each megabyte costing .05 $. There is a minimum limit of 10 MB per query. Only the read queries are charged and the table creation and other DDL queries are not charged. Read: Amazon Redshift vs Redshift Spectrum: 6 Comprehensive Differences Redshift Pricing for Additional Features Redshift offers a variety of optional functionalities if you have more complex requirements. Here are a handful of the most commonly used Redshift settings to consider adding to your configuration. They may be a little more expensive, but they could save you time, hassle, and unforeseen budget overruns. 1) RedShift Spectrum and Federated Query One of the most inconvenient aspects of creating a Data Warehouse is that you must import all of the data you intend to utilize, even if you will only use it seldom. However, if you keep a lot of your data on AWS, Redshift can query it without having to import it: Redshift Spectrum: Redshift may query data in Amazon S3 for a fee of $5 per terabyte of data scanned, plus certain additional fees (for example, when you make a request against one of your S3 buckets). Federated Query: Redshift can query data from Amazon RDS and Aurora PostgreSQL databases via federated queries. Beyond the fees for using Redshift and these databases, there are no additional charges for using Federated Query. 2) Concurrency Scaling Concurrency Scaling allows you to build up your data warehouse to automatically grab extra resources as your needs spike, and then release them when they are no longer required. Concurrency Scaling price on AWS Redshift data warehouse is a little complicated. Every day of typical usage awards each Amazon Redshift cluster one hour of free Concurrency Scaling, and each cluster can accumulate up to 30 hours of free Concurrency Scaling usage. You’ll be charged for the additional cluster(s) for every second you utilize them if you go over your free credits. 3) Redshift Backups Your data warehouse is automatically backed up by Amazon Redshift for free. However, taking a snapshot of your data at a specific point in time can be valuable at times. This additional backup storage will be charged at usual Amazon S3 prices for clusters using RA3 nodes. Any manual backup storage that takes up space beyond the amount specified in the rates for your DC nodes will be paid in clusters employing DC nodes. 4) Reserve Instance Redshift offers Reserve Instances in addition to on-demand prices, which offer a significant reduction if you commit to a one- or three-year term. “Customers often purchase Reserved Instances after completing experiments and proofs-of-concept to validate production configurations,” according to the Amazon Redshift pricing page, which is a wise strategy to take with any long-term Data Warehouse contracts. Tools for keeping your Redshift’s Spending Under Control Since many aspects of AWS Redshift pricing are dynamic, there’s always the possibility that your expenses will increase. This is especially important if you want your Redshift Data Warehouse to be as self-service as feasible. If one department goes overboard in terms of how aggressively they attack the Data Warehouse, your budget could be blown. Fortunately, Amazon has added a range of features and tools over the last year to help you put a lid on prices and spot surges in usage before they spiral out of control. Listed below are a few examples: You can limit the use of Concurrency Scaling and Redshift Spectrum in a cluster on a daily, weekly, and/or monthly basis. And you can set it up so that when the cluster reaches those restrictions, it either disables the feature momentarily, issues an alarm, or logs the alert to a system table. Redshift pricing now includes Query Monitoring, which makes it simple to see which queries are consuming the most CPU time. This enables you to address possible issues before they spiral out of control. For Example, rewriting a CPU-intensive query to make it more efficient. Schemas, which are a way for constructing a collection of Database Objects, can have storage restrictions imposed. Yelp, for example, introduced the ‘tmp’ schema to allow staff to prototype Database tables. Yelp used to have a problem where staff experimentation would use up so much storage that the entire Data Warehouse would slow down. Yelp used these controls to solve the problem after Redshift added controls for Defining Schema Storage Limitations. Optimizing Redshift ETL Cost Now that we have seen the factors that broadly affect the Redshift pricing let’s look into some of the best practices that can be followed to keep the total cost of ownership down. Amazon Redshift cost optimization involves efficiently managing your clusters, resources and usage to achieve a desired performance at lowest price possible. Data Transfer Charges: Amazon charges for data transfer also and these charges can put a serious dent to your resources if not careful enough. Data transfer charges are applicable for intra-region transfer and every transfer involving data movement from or to the locations outside AWS. It is best to keep all your deployment and data in one region as much as possible. That said this is not always practical and customers need to factor in data transfer costs while finalizing the budget Tools: In most cases, Redshift will be used with the AWS Data pipeline for data transfer. AWS data pipeline only works for AWS-specific data sources and for external sources you may have to use other ETL tools which may also cost money. As a best practice, it is better to use a fuss-free ETL tool like LIKE.TG Data for all your ETL data transfer rather than separate tools to deal with different sources. This can help save some budget and offer a clean solution. Vacuuming Tables: Redshift needs some housekeeping activities like VACUUM to be executed periodically for claiming the data back after deleting. Even though it is possible to automate this to execute on a fixed schedule, it is a good practice to run it after large queries that use delete markers. This can save space and thereby cost. Archival Strategy: Follow a proper archival strategy that removes less used data into a cheaper storage mechanism like S3. Make use of the Redshift spectrum feature in rare cases where this data is required. Data Backup: Redshift offers backup in the form of snapshots. Storage is free for backups up to 100 percent of the Redshift cluster data volume and using the automated incremental snapshots, customers can create finely-tuned backup strategies. Data Volume: While fixing node types, it is great to have a clear idea of the total data volume right from the start itself. dc2.8xlarge systems generally offer better performance than a cluster of eight dc2.xlarge nodes. Encoding Columns: AWS recommends customers use data compression as much as possible. Encoding the columns can not only make a difference to space but also can improve performance. Conclusion In this article, we discussed, in detail, about Redshift pricing model and some of the best practices to lower your overall cost of running processes in Amazon Redshift. Hence, let’s conclude by proving an extra council to control costs and increase the bottom line. Always use reserved instances, think for the long-term, and try to predict your needs and instances where saving over on-demand is high. Manage your snapshots well by deleting orphaned snapshots like any other backup. Make sure to schedule your Redshift clusters and define on/off timings because they are not needed 24×7. That said, Amazon Redshift is great for setting up Data Warehouses without spending a load amount of money on infrastructure and its maintenance. Also, why don’t you share your reading experience of our in-detail blog and how it helped you choose or optimize Redshift pricing for your organization? We would love to hear from you!
 Shopify to Snowflake: 2 Easy Methods
Shopify to Snowflake: 2 Easy Methods
Companies want more data-driven insights to improve customer experiences. While Shopify stores generate lots of valuable data, it often sits in silos. Integrating Shopify data into Snowflake eliminates those silos for deeper analysis.This blog post explores two straightforward methods for moving Shopify data to Snowflake: using automated pipelines and custom code. We’ll look at the steps involved in each approach, along with some limitations to consider. Methods for Moving Data from Shopify to Snowflake Method 1: Moving Data from Shopify to Snowflake using LIKE.TG Data Follow these few simple steps to move your Shopify data to Snowflake using LIKE.TG ’s no-code ETL pipeline tool. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 2: Move Data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom Code Migrating data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom code requires technical expertise and time. However, you can achieve this through our simple guide to efficiently connect Shopify to Snowflake using the Shopify RestAPI. Method 1: Moving Data from Shopify to Snowflake using LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code data pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. Withintegration with 150+ Data Sources(40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready with zero data loss. Here are the steps to connect Shopify to Snowflake: Step 1: Connect and configure your Shopify data source by providing the Pipeline Name, Shop Name, and the Admin API Password. Step 2: Complete Shopify to Snowflake migration by providing your destination name, account name, region of your account, database username and password, database and schema name, and the Data Warehouse name. That is it. LIKE.TG will now take charge and ensure that your data is reliably loaded from Shopify to Snowflake in real-time. For more information on the connectors involved in the Shopify to Snowflake integration process, here are the links to the LIKE.TG documentation: Shopify source connector Snowflake destination connector Here are more reasons to explore LIKE.TG : Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Auto-Schema Management: Correcting improper schema after the data is loaded into your warehouse is challenging. LIKE.TG automatically maps source schema with destination warehouse so that you don’t face the pain of schema errors. Ability to Transform Data: LIKE.TG has built-in data transformation capabilities that allow you to build SQL queries to transform data within your Snowflake data warehouse. This will ensure that you always have analysis-ready data. Load data from Shopify to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry itLoad data from Shopify to BigQueryGet a DemoTry itLoad data from Shopify to RedshiftGet a DemoTry it Method 2: Steps to Move Data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom Code In this section, you will understand the steps to move your data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom code. So, follow the below steps to move your data: Step 1: Pull data from Shopify’s servers using the Shopify REST API Step 2: Preparing data for Snowflake Step 3: Uploading JSON Files to Amazon S3 Step 4: Create an external stage Step 5: Pull Data into Snowflake Step 6: Validation Step 1: Pull data from Shopify’s servers using the Shopify REST API Shopify exposes its complete platform to developers through its Web API. The API can be accessed through HTTP using tools like CURL or Postman. The Shopify API returns JSON-formatted data. To get this data, we need to make a request to the Event endpoint like this. GET /admin/events.json?filter=Order,Order Risk,Product,Transaction This request will pull all the events that are related to Products, Orders, Transactions created for every order that results in an exchange of money, and Fraud analysis recommendations for these orders. The response will be in JSON. { "transactions": [ { "id": 457382019, "order_id": 719562016, "kind": "refund", "gateway": "bogus", "message": null, "created_at": "2020-02-28T15:43:12-05:00", "test": false, "authorization": "authorization-key", "status": "success", "amount": "149.00", "currency": "USD", "location_id": null, "user_id": null, "parent_id": null, "device_id": iPad Mini, "receipt": {}, "error_code": null, "source_name": "web" }, { "id": 389404469, "order_id": 719562016, "kind": "authorization", "gateway": "bogus", "message": null, "created_at": "2020-02-28T15:46:12-05:00", "test": false, "authorization": "authorization-key", "status": "success", "amount": "201.00", "currency": "USD", "location_id": null, "user_id": null, "parent_id": null, "device_id": iPhoneX, "receipt": { "testcase": true, "authorization": "123456" }, "error_code": null, "source_name": "web", "payment_details": { "credit_card_bin": null, "avs_result_code": null, "cvv_result_code": null, "credit_card_number": "•••• •••• •••• 6183", "credit_card_company": "Visa" } }, { "id": 801038806, "order_id": 450789469, "kind": "capture", "gateway": "bogus", "message": null, "created_at": "2020-02-28T15:55:12-05:00", "test": false, "authorization": "authorization-key", "status": "success", "amount": "90.00", "currency": "USD", "location_id": null, "user_id": null, "parent_id": null, "device_id": null, "receipt": {}, "error_code": null, "source_name": "web" } ] } Step 2: Preparing Data for Snowflake Snowflake natively supports semi-structured data, which means semi-structured data can be loaded into relational tables without requiring the definition of a schema in advance. For JSON, each top-level, complete object is loaded as a separate row in the table. As long as the object is valid, each object can contain newline characters and spaces. Typically, tables used to store semi-structured data consist of a single VARIANT column. Once the data is loaded, you can query the data like how you would query structured data. Step 3: Uploading JSON Files to Amazon S3 To upload your JSON files to Amazon S3, you must first create an Amazon S3 bucket to hold your data. Use the AWS S3 UI to upload the files from local storage. Step 4: Create an External Stage An external stage specifies where the JSON files are stored so that the data can be loaded into a Snowflake table. create or replace stage your_s3_stage url='s3://{$YOUR_AWS_S3_BUCKET}/' credentials=(aws_key_id='{$YOUR_KEY}' aws_secret_key='{$YOUR_SECRET_KEY}') encryption=(master_key = '5d24b7f5626ff6386d97ce6f6deb68d5=') file_format = my_json_format; Step 5: Pull Data into Snowflake use role dba_shopify; create warehouse if not exists load_wh with warehouse_size = 'small' auto_suspend = 300 initially_suspended = true; use warehouse load_wh; use schema shopify.public; /*------------------------------------------ Load the pre-staged shopify data from AWS S3 ------------------------------------------*/ list @{$YOUR_S3_STAGE}; /*----------------------------------- Load the data -----------------------------------*/ copy into shopify from @{$YOUR_S3_STAGE} Step 6: Validation Following the data load, verify that the correct files are present on Snowflake. select count(*) from orders; select * from orders limit 10; Now, you have successfully migrated your data from Shopify to Snowflake. Limitationsof Moving Data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom Code In this section, you will explore some of the limitations associated with moving data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom code. Pulling the data correctly from Shopify servers is just a single step in the process of defining a Data Pipeline for custom Analytics. There are other issues that you have to consider like how to respect API rate limits, handle API changes, etc. If you would like to have a complete view of all the available data then you will have to create a much complex ETL process that includes 35+ Shopify resources. The above process can only help you bring data from Shopify in batches. If you are looking to load data in real-time, you would need to configure cron jobs and write extra lines of code to achieve that. Using the REST API to pull data from Shopify can be cumbersome. If Shopify changes the API or Snowflake is not reachable for a particular duration, any such anomalies can break the code and result in irretrievable data loss. In case you would need to transform your data before loading to the Warehouse – eg: you would want to standardize time zones or unify currency values to a single denomination, then you would need to write more code to achieve this. An easier way to overcome the above limitations of moving data from Shopify to Snowflake using Custom code is LIKE.TG . Why integrate Shopify to Snowflake Let’s say an e-commerce company selling its products in several countries also uses Shopify for its online stores. In each country, they have different target audiences, payment gateways, logistic channels, inventory management systems, and marketing platforms. To calculate the overall profit, the company will use: Profit/Loss = Sales – Expenses While the sales data stored in Shopify will have multiple data silos for different countries, expenses will be obtained based on marketing costs in advertising platforms. Additional expenses will be incurred for inventory management, payment or accounting software, and logistics. Consolidating all the data separately from different software for each country is a cumbersome task. To improve analysis effectiveness and accuracy, the company can connect Shopify to Snowflake. By loading all the relevant data in a data warehouse like Snowflake, data analysis process won’t involve a time lag. Here are some other use cases of integrating Shopify to Snowflake: Advanced Analytics: You can use Snowflake’s powerful data processing capabilities for complex queries and data analysis of your Shopify data. Historical Data Analysis: By syncing data to Snowflake, you can overcome the historical data limits of Shopify. This allows for long-term data retention and analysis of historical trends over time. Easy Migration Start for Free Now Conclusion In this article, you understood the steps to move data from Shopify Snowflake using Custom code. In addition, you explored the various limitations associated with this method. So, you were introduced to an easy solution – LIKE.TG , to move your Shopify data to Snowflake seamlessly. visit our website to explore LIKE.TG LIKE.TG integrates with Shopify seamlessly and brings data to Snowflake without the added complexity of writing and maintaining ETL scripts. It helps transfer data fromShopifyto a destination of your choice forfree. sign up for a 14-day free trial with LIKE.TG . This will give you an opportunity to experience LIKE.TG ’s simplicity so that you enjoy an effortless data load from Shopify to Snowflake. You can also have a look at the unbeatableLIKE.TG Pricingthat will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. What are your thoughts on moving data from Shopify to Snowflake? Let us know in the comments.
 Google BigQuery ETL: 11 Best Practices For High Performance
Google BigQuery ETL: 11 Best Practices For High Performance
Google BigQuery – a fully managed Cloud Data Warehouse for analytics from Google Cloud Platform (GCP), is one of the most popular Cloud-based analytics solutions. Due to its unique architecture and seamless integration with other services from GCP, there are certain best practices to be considered while configuring Google BigQuery ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) migrating data to BigQuery. This article will give you a birds-eye on how Google BigQuery can enhance the ETL Process in a seamless manner. Read along to discover how you can use Google BigQuery ETL for your organization! Best Practices to Perform Google BigQuery ETL Given below are 11 Best Practices Strategies individuals can use to perform Google BigQuery ETL: GCS as a Staging Area for BigQuery Upload Handling Nested and Repeated Data Data Compression Best Practices Time Series Data and Table Partitioning Streaming Insert Bulk Updates Transforming Data after Load (ELT) Federated Tables for Adhoc Analysis Access Control and Data Encryption Character Encoding Backup and Restore Simplify BigQuery ETL with LIKE.TG ’s no-code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. With integration with 150+ Data Sources (40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Its completely automated pipeline offers data to be delivered in real-time without any loss from source to destination. Its fault-tolerant and scalable architecture ensure that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss and supports different forms of data. SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL 1. GCS – StagingArea for BigQuery Upload Unless you are directly loading data from your local machine, the first step in Google BigQuery ETL is to upload data to GCS. To move data to GCS you have multiple options: Gsutil is a command line tool which can be used to upload data to GCS from different servers. If your data is present in any online data sources like AWS S3 you can use Storage Transfer Service from Google cloud. This service has options to schedule transfer jobs. Other things to be noted while loading data to GCS: GCS bucket and Google BigQuery dataset should be in the same location with one exception – If the dataset is in the US multi-regional location, data can be loaded from GCS bucket in any regional or multi-regional location. The format supported to upload from GCS to Google BigQuery are – Comma-separated values (CSV), JSON (newline-delimited), Avro, Parquet, ORC, Cloud Datastore exports, Cloud Firestore exports. 2. Nested and Repeated Data This is one of the most important Google BigQuery ETL best practices. Google BigQuery performs best when the data is denormalized. Instead of keeping relations, denormalize the data and take advantage of nested and repeated fields. Nested and repeated fields are supported in Avro, Parquet, ORC, JSON (newline delimited) formats. STRUCT is the type that can be used to represent an object which can be nested and ARRAY is the type to be used for the repeated value. For example, the following row from a BigQuery table is an array of a struct: { "id": "1", "first_name": "Ramesh", "last_name": "Singh", "dob": "1998-01-22", "addresses": [ { "status": "current", "address": "123 First Avenue", "city": "Pittsburgh", "state": "WA", "zip": "11111", "numberOfYears": "1" }, { "status": "previous", "address": "456 Main Street", "city": "Pennsylvania", "state": "OR", "zip": "22222", "numberOfYears": "5" } ] } 3. Data Compression The next vital Google BigQuery ETL best practice is on Data Compression. Most of the time the data will be compressed before transfer. You should consider the below points while compressing data. The binary Avro is the most efficient format for loading compressed data. Parquet and ORC format are also good as they can be loaded in parallel. For CSV and JSON, Google BigQuery can load uncompressed files significantly faster than compressed files because uncompressed files can be read in parallel. 4. Time Series Data and Table Partitioning Time Series data is a generic term used to indicate a sequence of data points paired with timestamps. Common examples are clickstream events from a website or transactions from a Point Of Sale machine. The velocity of this kind of data is much higher and volume increases over time. Partitioning is a common technique used to efficiently analyze time-series data and Google BigQuery has good support for this with partitioned tables. Partitioned Tables are crucial in Google BigQuery ETL operations because it helps in the Storage of data. A partitioned table is a special Google BigQuery table that is divided into segments often called as partitions. It is important to partition bigger table for better maintainability and query performance. It also helps to control costs by reducing the amount of data read by a query. Automated tools like LIKE.TG Data can help you partition BigQuery ETL tables within the UI only which helps streamline your ETL even faster. To learn more about partitioning in Google BigQuery, you can read our blog here. Google BigQuery has mainly three options to partition a table: Ingestion-time partitioned tables – For these type of table BigQuery automatically loads data into daily, date-based partitions that reflect the data’s ingestion date. A pseudo column named _PARTITIONTIME will have this date information and can be used in queries. Partitioned tables – Most common type of partitioning which is based on TIMESTAMP or DATE column. Data is written to a partition based on the date value in that column. Queries can specify predicate filters based on this partitioning column to reduce the amount of data scanned. You should use the date or timestamp column which is most frequently used in queries as partition column. Partition column should also distribute data evenly across each partition. Make sure it has enough cardinality. Also, note that the Maximum number of partitions per partitioned table is 4,000. Legacy SQL is not supported for querying or for writing query results to partitioned tables. Sharded Tables – You can also think of shard tables using a time-based naming approach such as [PREFIX]_YYYYMMDD and use a UNION while selecting data. Generally, Partitioned tables perform better than tables sharded by date. However, if you have any specific use-case to have multiple tables you can use sharded tables. Ingestion-time partitioned tables can be tricky if you are inserting data again as part of some bug fix. 5. Streaming Insert The next vital Google BigQuery ETL best practice is on actually inserting data. For inserting data into a Google BigQuery table in batch mode a load job will be created which will read data from the source and insert it into the table. Streaming data will enable us to query data without any delay in the load job. Stream insert can be performed on any Google BigQuery table using Cloud SDKs or other GCP services like Dataflow (Dataflow is an auto-scalable stream and batch data processing service from GCP ). The following things should be noted while performing stream insert: Streaming data is available for the query after a few seconds of the first stream inserted in the table. Data takes up to 90 minutes to become available for copy and export. While streaming to a partitioned table, the value of _PARTITIONTIME pseudo column will be NULL. While streaming to a table partitioned on a DATE or TIMESTAMP column, the value in that column should be between 1 year in the past and 6 months in the future. Data outside this range will be rejected. 6. Bulk Updates Google BigQuery has quotas and limits for DML statements which is getting increased over time. As of now the limit of combined INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and MERGE statements per day per table is 1,000. Note that this is not the number of rows. This is the number of the statement and as you know, one single DML statement can affect millions of rows. Now within this limit, you can run updates or merge statements affecting any number of rows. It will not affect any query performance, unlike many other analytical solutions. 7. Transforming Data after Load (ELT) Google BigQuery ETL must also address ELT in some scenarios as ELT is the popular methodology now. Sometimes it is really handy to transform data within Google BigQuery using SQL, which is often referred to as Extract Load Transfer (ELT). BigQuery supports both INSERT INTO SELECT and CREATE TABLE AS SELECT methods to data transfer across tables. INSERT das.DetailedInve (product, quantity) VALUES('television 50', (SELECT quantity FROM ds.DetailedInv WHERE product = 'television')) CREATE TABLE mydataset.top_words AS SELECT corpus,ARRAY_AGG(STRUCT(word, word_count)) AS top_words FROM bigquery-public-data.samples.shakespeare GROUP BY corpus; 8. Federated Tables for Adhoc Analysis You can directly query data stored in the location below from BigQuery which is called federated data sources or tables. Cloud BigTable GCS Google Drive Things to be noted while using this option: Query performance might not be good as the native Google BigQuery table. No consistency is guaranteed in case of external data is changed while querying. Can’t export data from an external data source using BigQuery Job. Currently, Parquet or ORC format is not supported. The query result is not cached, unlike native BigQuery tables. 9. Access Control and Data Encryption Data stored in Google BigQuery is encrypted by default and keys are managed by GCP Alternatively customers can manage keys using the Google KMS service. To grant access to resources, BigQuery uses IAM(Identity and Access Management) to the dataset level. Tables and views are child resources of datasets and inherit permission from the dataset. There are predefined roles like bigquery.dataViewer and bigquery.dataEditor or the user can create custom roles. 10. Character Encoding Sometimes it will take some time to get the correct character encoding scheme while transferring data. Take notes of the points mentioned below as it will help you to get them correct in the first place. To perform Google BigQuery ETL, all source data should be UTF-8 encoded with the below exception If a CSV file with data encoded in ISO-8859-1 format, it should be specified and BigQuery will properly convert the data to UTF-8 Delimiters should be encoded as ISO-8859-1 Non-convertible characters will be replaced with Unicode replacement characters: � 11. Backup and Restore Google BigQuery ETL addresses backup and disaster recovery at the service level. The user does not need to worry about it. Still, Google BigQuery is maintaining a complete 7-day history of changes against tables and allows to query a point-in-time snapshot of the table. Concerns when using BigQuery You should be aware of potential issues or difficulties. You may create better data pipelines and data solutions where these problems can be solved by having a deeper understanding of these concerns. Limited data type support BigQuery does not accept arrays, structs, or maps as data types. Therefore, in order to make such data suitable with your data analysis requirements, you will need to modify them. Dealing with unstructured data When working with unstructured data in BigQuery, you need to account for extra optimisation activities or transformational stages. BigQuery handles structured and semi-structured data with ease. However, unstructured data might make things a little more difficult. Complicated workflow Getting started with BigQuery’s workflow function may be challenging for novices, particularly if they are unfamiliar with fundamental SQL or other aspects of data processing. Lack of support for Modify/Update delete operations on individual rows To change any row, you have to either alter the entire table or utilize an insert, update, and delete combo. Serial operations BigQuery is well-suited to processing bulk queries in parallel. However, if you try to conduct serial operations, you can discover that it performs worse. Daily table update limit A table can be updated up to 1000 times in a day by default. You will need to request and raise the quota in order to get more updates. Common Stages in a BigQuery ELT Pipeline Let’s look into the typical steps in a BigQuery ELT pipeline: Transferring data from file systems, local storage, or any other media Data loading into Google Cloud Platform services (GCP) Data loading into BigQuery Data transformation using methods, processes, or SQL queries There are two methods for achieving data transformation with BigQuery: Using Data Transfer Services This method loads data into BigQuery using GCP native services, and SQL handles the transformation duties after that. Using GCS In this method, tools such as Distcp, Sqoop, Spark Jobs, GSUtil, and others are used to load data into the GCS (Google Cloud Storage) bucket. In this method, SQL may also do the change. Conclusion In this article, you have learned 11 best practices you can employ to perform. Google BigQuery ETL operations. However, performing these operations manually time and again can be very taxing and is not feasible. You will need to implement them manually, which will consume your time resources, and writing custom scripts can be error-prone. Moreover, you need full working knowledge of the backend tools to successfully implement the in-house Data transfer mechanism. You will also have to regularly map your new files to the Google BigQuery Data Warehouse. Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand.Checkout LIKE.TG pricing and find a plan that suits you best. Have any further queries? Get in touch with us in the comments section below.
 How To Move Your Data From MySQL to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
How To Move Your Data From MySQL to Redshift: 2 Easy Methods
Is your MySQL server getting too slow for analytical queries now? Or are you looking to join data from another Database while running queries? Whichever your use case, it is a great decision to move the data from MySQL to Redshift for analytics. This post covers the detailed steps you need to follow to migrate data from MySQL to Redshift. You will also get a brief overview of MySQL and Amazon Redshift. You will also explore the challenges involved in connecting MySQL to Redshift using custom ETL scripts. Let’s get started. Methods to Set up MySQL to Redshift Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to Set up MySQL to Redshift Integration Method 2: Incremental Load for MySQL to Redshift Integration Method 3: Change Data Capture With Binlog Method 4: Using custom ETL scripts Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to Set up MySQL to Redshift Integration LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. The following steps can be implemented to set up MySQL to Redshift Migration using LIKE.TG : Configure Source:Connect LIKE.TG Data with Oracle by providing a unique name for your Pipeline along with information about your MySQL database such as its name, IP Address, Port Number, Username, Password, etc. IntegrateData:Complete MySQL to Redshift Migration by providing your MySQL database and Redshift credentials such as your authorized Username and Password, along with information about your Host IP Address and Port Number value. You will also need to provide a name for your database and a unique name for this destination. Advantages of Using LIKE.TG There are a couple of reasons why you should opt for LIKE.TG over building your own solution to migrate data from CleverTap to Redshift. Automatic Schema Detection and Mapping: LIKE.TG scans the schema of incoming CleverTap automatically. In case of any change, LIKE.TG seamlessly incorporates the change in Redshift. Ability to Transform Data –LIKE.TG allows you to transfer data both before and after moving it to the Data Warehouse. This ensures that you always have analysis-ready data in your Redshift Data Warehouse. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Method 2: Incremental Load for MySQL to Redshift Integration You can follow the below-mentioned steps to connect MySQL to Redshift. Step 1: Dump the data into files Step 2: Clean and Transform Step 3: Upload to S3 and Import into Redshift Step 1. Dump the Data into Files Ways to Set up MySQL to Redshift Integration Method 1: Manually Set up MySQL to Redshift Integration Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up MySQL to Redshift Integration Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free The most efficient way of loading data in Amazon Redshift is through the COPY command that loads CSV/JSON files into the Amazon Redshift. So, the first step is to bring the data in your MySQL database to CSV/JSON files. There are essentially two ways of achieving this: 1) Using mysqldump command. mysqldump -h mysql_host -u user database_name table_name --result-file table_name_data.sql The above command will dump data from a table table_name to the filetable_name_data.sql. But, the file will not be in CSV/JSON format required for loading into Amazon Redshift. This is how a typical row may look like in the output file: INSERT INTO `users` (`id`, `first_name`, `last_name`, `gender`) VALUES (3562, ‘Kelly’, ‘Johnson’, 'F'),(3563,’Tommy’,’King’, 'M'); The above rows will need to be converted to the following format: "3562","Kelly","Johnson", "F" "3563","Tommy","King","M" 2) Query the data into a file. mysql -B -u user database_name -h mysql_host -e "SELECT * FROM table_name;" | sed "s/'/'/;s/t/","/g;s/^/"/;s/$/"/;s/n//g" > table_name_data.csv You will have to do this for all tables: for tb in $(mysql -u user -ppassword database_name -sN -e "SHOW TABLES;"); do echo .....; done Step 2. Clean and Transform There might be several transformations required before you load this data into Amazon Redshift. e.g.‘0000-00-00’ is a valid DATE value in MySQL but in Redshift, it is not. Redshift accepts ‘0001-01-01’ though. Apart from this, you may want to clean up some data according to your business logic, you may want to make time zone adjustments, concatenate two fields, or split a field into two. All these operations will have to be done over files and will be error-prone. Step 3. Upload to S3 and Import into Amazon Redshift Once you have the files to be imported ready, you will upload them to an S3 bucket. Then run copy command: COPY table_name FROM 's3://my_redshift_bucket/some-path/table_name/' credentials 'aws_access_key_id=my_access_key;aws_secret_access_key=my_secret_key'; Again, the above operation has to be done for every table. Once the COPY has been run, you can check the stl_load_errors table for any copy failures. After completing the aforementioned steps, you can migrate MySQL to Redshift successfully. In a happy scenario, the above steps should just work fine. However, in real-life scenarios, you may encounter errors in each of these steps. e.g. : Network failures or timeouts during dumping MySQL data into files. Errors encountered during transforming data due to an unexpected entry or a new column that has been added Network failures during S3 Upload. Timeout or data compatibility issues during Redshift COPY. COPY might fail due to various reasons, a lot of them will have to be manually looked into and retried. Challenges of Connecting MySQL to Redshift using Custom ETL Scripts The custom ETL method to connect MySQL to Redshift is effective. However, there are certain challenges associated with it. Below are some of the challenges that you might face while connecting MySQL to Redshift: In cases where data needs to be moved once or in batches only, the custom script method works. This approach fails if you have to move data from MySQL to Redshift in real-time. Incremental load (change data capture) becomes tedious as there will be additional steps that you need to follow to achieve the connection. Often, when you write code to extract a subset of data, those scripts break as the source schema keeps changing or evolving. This can result in data loss. The process mentioned above is brittle, error-prone, and often frustrating. These challenges impact the consistency and accuracy of the data available in your Amazon Redshift in near real-time. These were the common challenges that most users find while connecting MySQL to Redshift. Method 3: Change Data Capture With Binlog The process of applying changes made to data in MySQL to the destination Redshift table is called Change Data Capture (CDC). You need to use the Binary Change Log (binlog) in order to apply the CDC technique to a MySQL database. Replication may occur almost instantly when change data is captured as a stream using Binlog. Binlog records table structure modifications like ADD/DROP COLUMN in addition to data changes like INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE. Additionally, it guarantees that Redshift also deletes records that are removed from MySQL. Getting Started with Binlog When you use CDC with Binlog, you are actually writing an application that reads, transforms, and imports streaming data from MySQL to Redshift. You may accomplish this by using an open-source module called mysql-replication-listener. A streaming API for real-time data reading from MySQL bBnlog is provided by this C++ library. For a few languages, such as python-mysql-replication (Python) and kodama (Ruby), a high-level API is also offered. Drawbacks using Binlog Building your CDC application requires serious development effort. Apart from the above-mentioned data streaming flow, you will need to construct: Transaction management: In the event that a mistake causes your program to terminate while reading Binlog data, monitor data streaming performance. You may continue where you left off, thanks to transaction management. Data buffering and retry: Redshift may also stop working when your application is providing data. Unsent data must be buffered by your application until the Redshift cluster is back up. Erroneous execution of this step may result in duplicate or lost data. Table schema change support: A modification to the table schema The ALTER/ADD/DROP TABLE Binlog event is a native MySQL SQL statement that isn’t performed natively on Redshift. You will need to convert MySQL statements to the appropriate Amazon Redshift statements in order to enable table schema updates. Method 4: Using custom ETL scripts Step 1: Configuring a Redshift cluster on Amazon Make that a Redshift cluster has been built, and write down the database name, login, password, and cluster endpoint. Step 2: Creating a custom ETL script Select a familiar and comfortable programming language (Python, Java, etc.). Install any required libraries or packages so that your language can communicate with Redshift and MySQL Server. Step 3: MySQL data extraction Connect to the MySQL database. Write a SQL query to extract the data you need. You can use this query in your script to pull the data. Step 4: Data transformation You can perform various data transformations using Python’s data manipulation libraries like `pandas`. Step 5: Redshift data loading With the received connection information, establish a connection to Redshift. Run the required instructions in order to load the data. This might entail establishing schemas, putting data into tables, and generating them. Step 6: Error handling, scheduling, testing, deployment, and monitoring Try-catch blocks should be used to handle errors. Moreover, messages can be recorded to a file or logging service. To execute your script at predetermined intervals, use a scheduling application such as Task Scheduler (Windows) or `cron` (Unix-based systems). Make sure your script handles every circumstance appropriately by thoroughly testing it with a variety of scenarios. Install your script on the relevant environment or server. Set up your ETL process to be monitored. Alerts for both successful and unsuccessful completions may fall under this category. Examine your script frequently and make any necessary updates. Don’t forget to change placeholders with your real values (such as `}, `}, `}, etc.). In addition, think about enhancing the logging, error handling, and optimizations in accordance with your unique needs. Disadvantages of using ETL scripts for MySQL Redshift Integration Lack of GUI:The flow could be harder to understand and debug. Dependencies and environments: Without modification, custom scripts might not run correctly on every operating system. Timelines: Creating a custom script could take longer than constructing ETL processes using a visual tool. Complexity and maintenance: Writing bespoke scripts takes more effort in creation, testing, and maintenance. Restricted Scalability: Performance issues might arise from their inability to handle complex transformations or enormous volumes of data. Security issues: Managing sensitive data and login credentials in scripts needs close oversight to guarantee security. Error Handling and Recovery: It might be difficult to develop efficient mistake management and recovery procedures. In order to ensure the reliability of the ETL process, it is essential to handle various errors. Why Replicate Data From MySQL to Redshift? There are several reasons why you should replicate MySQL data to the Redshift data warehouse. Maintain application performance. Analytical queries can have a negative influence on the performance of your production MySQL database, as we have already discussed. It could even crash as a result of it. Analytical inquiries need specialized computer power and are quite resource-intensive. Analyze ALL of your data. MySQL is intended for transactional data, such as financial and customer information, as it is an OLTP (Online Transaction Processing) database. But, you should use all of your data, even the non-transactional kind, to get insights. Redshift allows you to collect and examine all of your data in one location. Faster analytics. Because Redshift is a data warehouse with massively parallel processing (MPP), it can process enormous amounts of data much faster. However, MySQL finds it difficult to grow to meet the processing demands of complex, contemporary analytical queries. Not even a MySQL replica database will be able to match Redshift’s performance. Scalability. Instead of the distributed cloud infrastructure of today, MySQL was intended to operate on a single-node instance. Therefore, time- and resource-intensive strategies like master-node setup or sharding are needed to scale beyond a single node. The database becomes even slower as a result of all of this. Above mentioned are some of the use cases of MySQL to Redshift replication. Before we wrap up, let’s cover some basics. Why Do We Need to Move Data from MySQL to Redshift? Every business needs to analyze its data to get deeper insights and make smarter business decisions. However, performing Data Analytics on huge volumes of historical data and real-time data is not achievable using traditional Databases such as MySQL. MySQL can’t provide high computation power that is a necessary requirement for quick Data Analysis. Companies need Analytical Data Warehouses to boost their productivity and run processes for every piece of data at a faster and efficient rate. Amazon Redshift is a fully managed Could Data Warehouse that can provide vast computing power to maintain performance and quick retrieval of data and results. Moving data from MySQL to Redshift allow companies to run Data Analytics operations efficiently. Redshift columnar storage increases the query processing speed. Conclusion This article provided you with a detailed approach using which you can successfully connect MySQL to Redshift. You also got to know about the limitations of connecting MySQL to Redshift using the custom ETL method. Big organizations can employ this method to replicate the data and get better insights by visualizing the data. Thus, connecting MySQL to Redshift can significantly help organizations to make effective decisions and stay ahead of their competitors.
 Connecting Amazon RDS to Redshift: 3 Easy Methods
Connecting Amazon RDS to Redshift: 3 Easy Methods
var source_destination_email_banner = 'true'; Are you trying to derive deeper insights from your Amazon RDS by moving the data into a Data Warehouse like Amazon Redshift? Well, you have landed on the right article. Now, it has become easier to replicate data from Amazon RDS to Redshift.This article will give you a brief overview of Amazon RDS and Redshift. You will also get to know how you can set up your Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration using 3 popular methods. Moreover, the limitations in the case of the manual method will also be discussed in further sections. Read along to decide which method of connecting Amazon RDS to Redshift is best for you. Prerequisites You will have a much easier time understanding the ways for setting up the Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration if you have gone through the following aspects: An active AWS account. Working knowledge of Databases and Data Warehouses. Working knowledge of Structured Query Language (SQL). Clear idea regarding the type of data to be transferred. Introduction to Amazon RDS Amazon RDS provides a very easy-to-use transactional database that frees the developer from all the headaches related to database service management and keeping the database up. It allows the developer to select the desired backend and focus only on the coding part. To know more about Amazon RDS, visit this link. Introduction to Amazon Redshift Amazon Redshift is a Cloud-based Data Warehouse with a very clean interface and all the required APIs to query and analyze petabytes of data. It allows the developer to focus only on the analysis jobs and forget all the complexities related to managing such a reliable warehouse service. To know more about Amazon Redshift, visit this link. A Brief About the Migration Process of AWS RDS to Redshift The above image represents the Data Migration Process from the Amazon RDS to Redshift using AWS DMS service. AWS DMS is a cloud-based service designed to migrate data from relational databases to a data warehouse. In this process, DMS creates replication servers within a Multi-AZ high availability cluster, where the migration task is executed. The DMS system consists of two endpoints: a source that establishes a connection to the database that extracts structured data and a destination that connects to AWS redshift for loading data into the data warehouse. DMS is also capable of detecting changes in the source schema and loads only newly generated tables into the destination as source data keeps growing. Methods to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration Using LIKE.TG Data, you can seamlessly integrate Amazon RDS to Redshift in just two easy steps. All you need to do is Configure the source and destination and provide us with the credentials to access your data. LIKE.TG takes care of all your Data Processing needs and lets you focus on key business activities. Method 2: Manual ETL Process to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration For this section, we assume that Amazon RDS uses MySQL as its backend. In this method, we have dumped all the contents of MySQL and recreated all the tables related to this database at the Redshift end. Method 3: Using AWS Pipeline to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration In this method, we have created an AWS Data Pipeline to integrate RDS with Redshift and to facilitate the flow of data. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Methods to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration This article delves into both the manual and using LIKE.TG methods to set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration. You will also see some of the pros and cons of these approaches and would be able to pick the best method based on your use case.Below are the three methods for RDS to Amazon Redshift ETL: Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. The steps to load data from Amazon RDS to Redshift using LIKE.TG Data are as follows: Step 1: Configure Amazon RDS as the Source Connect your Amazon RDS account to LIKE.TG ’s platform. LIKE.TG has an in-built Amazon RDS MySQL Integration that connects to your account within minutes. After logging in to your LIKE.TG account, click PIPELINES in the Navigation Bar. Next, in the Pipelines List View, click the + CREATE button. On the Select Source Type page, select Amazon RDS MySQl. Specify the required information in the Configure your Amazon RDS MySQL Source page to complete the source setup. Learn more about configuring Amazon RDS MySQL source here. Step 2: Configure RedShift as the Destination Select Amazon Redshift as your destination and start moving your data. To Configure Amazon Redshift as a Destination Click DESTINATIONS in the Navigation Bar. Within the Destinations List View, click + CREATE. In the Add Destination page, select Amazon Redshift and configure your settings Learn more about configuring Redshift as a destination here. Click TEST CONNECTION and Click SAVE CONTINUE. These buttons are enabled once all the mandatory fields are specified. Here are more reasons to try LIKE.TG : Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Integrate Amazon RDS to RedshiftGet a DemoTry itIntegrate Amazon RDS to BigQueryGet a DemoTry itIntegrate MySQL to RedshiftGet a DemoTry it Method 2: Manual ETL Process to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration using MySQL For the scope of this post, let us assume RDS is using MySQL as the backend. The easiest way to do this data copy is to dump all the contents of MySQL and recreate all the tables related to this database at the Redshift end. Let us look deeply into the steps that are involved in RDS to Redshift replication. Step 1: Export RDS Table to CSV File Step 2: Copying the Source Data Files to S3 Step 3: Loading Data to Redshift in Case of Complete Overwrite Step 4: Creating a Temporary Table for Incremental Load Step 5: Delete the Rows which are Already Present in the Target Table Step 6: Insert the Rows from the Staging Table Step 1: Export RDS Table to CSV file The first step here is to use mysqldump to export the table into a CSV file. The problem with the mysqldump command is that you can use it to export to CSV, only if you are executing the command from the MySQL server machine itself. Since RDS is a managed database service, these instances usually do not have enough disk space to hold large amounts of data. To avoid this problem, we need to export the data first to a different local machine or an EC2 instance. Mysql -B -u username -p password sourcedb -h dbhost -e "select * from source_table" -B | sed "s/'/'/;s/t/","/g;s/^/"/;s/$/"/;s/n//g" > source_table.csv The above command selects the data from the desired table and exports it into a CSV file. Step 2: Copying the Source Data Files to S3 Once the CSV is generated, we need to copy this data into an S3 bucket from where Redshift can access this data. Assuming you have AWS CLI installed on our local computer this can be accomplished using the below command. aws s3 cp source_table.csv s3://my_bucket/source_table/ Step 3: Loading Data to Redshift in Case of Complete Overwrite This step involves copying the source files into a redshift table using the native copy command of redshift. For doing this, log in to the AWS management console and navigate to Query Editor from the redshift console. Once in Query editor type the following command and execute. copy target_table_name from ‘s3://my_bucket/source_table’ credentials access_key_id secret_access_key Where access_key_id and secret_access_key represents the IAM credentials Step 4: Creating a Temporary Table for Incremental Load The above steps to load data into Redshift are advisable only in case of a complete overwrite of a Redshift table. In most cases, there is already data existing in the Redshift table and there is a need to update the already existing primary keys and insert the new rows. In such cases, we first need to load the data from S3 into a temporary table and then insert it to the final destination table. create temp table stage (like target_table_name) Note that creating the table using the ‘like’ keyword is important here since the staging table structure should be similar to the target table structure including the distribution keys. Step 5: Delete the Rows which are Already Present in the Target Table: begin transaction; delete from target_table_name using stage where targettable_name.primarykey = stage.primarykey; Step 6: Insert the Rows from the Staging Table insert into target_table_name select * from stage; end transaction; The above approach works with copying data to Redshift from any type of MySQL instance and not only the RDS instance. The issue with using the above approach is that it requires the developer to have access to a local machine with sufficient disk memory. The whole point of using a managed database service is to avoid the problems associated with maintaining such machines. That leads us to another service that Amazon provides to accomplish the same task – AWS Data Pipeline. Set up your integartion semalessly [email protected]"> No credit card required Limitations of Manually Setting up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration The above methods’ biggest limitation is that while the copying process is in progress, the original database may get slower because of all the load. A workaround is to first create a copy of this database and then attempt the steps on that copy database. Another limitation is that this activity is not the most efficient one if this is going to be executed as a periodic job repeatedly. And in most cases in a large ETL pipeline, it has to be executed periodically. In those cases, it is better to use a syncing mechanism that continuously replicates to Redshift by monitoring the row-level changes to RDS data. In normal situations, there will be problems related to data type conversions while moving from RDS to Redshift in the first approach depending on the backend used by RDS. AWS data pipeline solves this problem to an extent using automatic type conversion. More on that in the next point. While copying data automatically to Redshift, MYSQL or RDS data types will be automatically mapped to Redshift data types. If there are columns that need to be mapped to specific data types in Redshift, they should be provided in pipeline configuration against the ‘RDS to Redshift conversion overrides’ parameter. The mapping rule for the commonly used data types is as follows: You now understand the basic way of copying data from RDS to Redshift. Even though this is not the most efficient way of accomplishing this, this method is good enough for the initial setup of the warehouse application. In the longer run, you will need a more efficient way of periodically executing these copying operations. Method 3: Using AWS Pipeline to Set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration AWS Data Pipeline is an easy-to-use Data Migration Service with built-in support for almost all of the source and target database combinations. We will now look into how we can utilize the AWS Data Pipeline to accomplish the same task. As the name suggests AWS Data pipeline represents all the operations in terms of pipelines. A pipeline is a collection of tasks that can be scheduled to run at different times or periodically. A pipeline can be a set of custom tasks or built from a template that AWS provides. For this task, you will use such a template to copy the data. Below are the steps to set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration using AWS Pipeline: Step 1: Creating a Pipeline Step 2: Choosing a Built-in Template for Complete Overwrite of Redshift Data Step 3: Providing RDS Source Data Step 4: Choosing a Template for an Incremental Update Step 5: Selecting the Run Frequency Step 6: Activating the Pipeline and Monitoring the Status Step 1: Creating a Pipeline The first step is to log in to https://console.aws.amazon.com/datapipeline/ and click on Create Pipeline. Enter the pipeline name and optional description. Step 2: Choosing a Built-in Template for Complete Overwrite of Redshift Data After entering the pipeline name and the optional description, select ‘Build using a template.’ From the templates available choose ‘Full Copy of Amazon RDS MySQL Table to Amazon Redshift’ Step 3: Providing RDS Source Data While choosing the template, information regarding the source RDS instance, staging S3 location, Redshift cluster instance, and EC2 keypair names are to be provided. Step 4: Choosing a Template for an Incremental Update In case there is an already existing Redshift table and the intention is to update the table with only the changes, choose ‘Incremental Copy of an Amazon RDS MySQL Table to Amazon Redshift‘ as the template. Step 5: Selecting the Run Frequency After filling in all the required information, you need to select whether to run the pipeline once or schedule it periodically. For our purpose, we should select to run the pipeline on activation. Step 6: Activating the Pipeline and Monitoring the Status The next step is to activate the pipeline by clicking ‘Activate’ and wait until the pipeline runs. AWS pipeline console lists all the pipelines and their status. Once the pipeline is in FINISHED status, you will be able to view the newly created table in Redshift. The biggest advantage of this method is that there is no need for a local machine or a separate EC2 instance for the copying operation. That said, there are some limitations for both these approaches and those are detailed in the below section. Download the Cheatsheet on How to Set Up High-performance ETL to Redshift Learn the best practices and considerations for setting up high-performance ETL to Redshift Before wrapping up, let’s cover some basics. Best Practices for Data Migration Planning and Documentation – You can define the scope of data migration, the source from where data will be extracted, and the destination to which it will be loaded. You can also define how frequently you want the migration jobs to take place. Assessment and Cleansing – You can assess the quality of your existing data to identify issues such as duplicates, inconsistencies, or incomplete records. Backup and Roll-back Planning – You can always backup your data before migrating it, which you can refer to in case of failure during the process. You can have a rollback strategy to revert to the previous system or data state in case of unforeseen issues or errors. Benefits of Replicating Data from Amazon RDS to Redshift Many organizations will have a separate database (Eg: Amazon RDS) for all the online transaction needs and another warehouse (Eg: Amazon Redshift) application for all the offline analysis and large aggregation requirements. Here are some of the reasons to move data from RDS to Redshift: The online database is usually optimized for quick responses and fast writes. Running large analysis or aggregation jobs over this database will slow down the database and can affect your customer experience. The warehouse application can have data from multiple sources and not only transactional data. There may be third-party sources or data sources from other parts of the pipeline that needs to be used for analysis or aggregation. What the above reasons point to, is a need to move data from the transactional database to the warehouse application on a periodic basis. In this post, we will deal with moving the data between two of the most popular cloud-based transactional and warehouse applications – Amazon RDS and Amazon Redshift. Conclusion This article gave you a comprehensive guide to Amazon RDS and Amazon Redshift and how you can easily set up Amazon RDS to Redshift Integration. It can be concluded that LIKE.TG seamlessly integrates with RDS and Redshift ensuring that you see no delay in terms of setup and implementation. LIKE.TG will ensure that the data is available in your warehouse in real-time. LIKE.TG ’s real-time streaming architecture ensures that you have accurate, latest data in your warehouse. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Businesses can use automated platforms likeLIKE.TG Data to set this integration and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from a source of your choice to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code and will provide you a hassle-free experience. Want to try LIKE.TG ? Sign Up for a 14-day free trialand experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. Have a look at our unbeatablepricing, which will help you choose the right plan for you. Share your experience of loading data from Amazon RDS to Redshift in the comment section below. FAQs to load data from RDS to RedShift 1. How to migrate from RDS to Redshift? To migrate data from RDS (Amazon Relational Database Service) to Redshift:1. Extract data from RDS using AWS DMS (Database Migration Service) or a data extraction tool.2. Load the extracted data into Redshift using COPY commands or AWS Glue for ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) processes. 2. Why use Redshift instead of RDS? You can choose Redshift over RDS for data warehousing and analytics due to its optimized architecture for handling large-scale analytical queries, columnar storage for efficient data retrieval, and scalability to manage petabyte-scale data volumes. 3. Is Redshift OLTP or OLAP? Redshift is primarily designed for OLAP (Online Analytical Processing) workloads rather than OLTP (Online Transaction Processing). 4. When not to use Redshift? You can not use Redshift If real-time data access and low-latency queries are critical, as Redshift’s batch-oriented processing may not meet these requirements compared to in-memory databases or traditional RDBMS optimized for OLTP.
 Google BigQuery Architecture: The Comprehensive Guide
Google BigQuery Architecture: The Comprehensive Guide
Google BigQuery is a fully managed data warehouse tool. It allows scalable analysis over a petabyte of data, querying using ANSI SQL, integration with various applications, etc. To access all these features conveniently, you need to understand BigQuery architecture, maintenance, pricing, and security. This guide decodes the most important components of Google BigQuery: BigQuery Architecture, Maintenance, Performance, Pricing, and Security. What Is Google BigQuery? Google BigQuery is a Cloud Datawarehouse run by Google. It is capable of analyzing terabytes of data in seconds. If you know how to write SQL Queries, you already know how to query it. In fact, there are plenty of interesting public data sets shared in BigQuery, ready to be queried by you. You can access BigQuery by using the GCP console or the classic web UI, by using a command-line tool, or by making calls to BigQuery Rest API using a variety of Client Libraries such as Java, and .Net, or Python. There are also a variety of third-party tools that you can use to interact with BigQuery, such as visualizing the data or loading the data. What are the Key Features of Google BigQuery? Why did Google release BigQuery and why would you use it instead of a more established data warehouse solution? Ease of Implementation: Building your own is expensive, time-consuming, and difficult to scale. With BigQuery, you need to load data first and pay only for what you use. Speed: Process billions of rows in seconds and handle the real-time analysis of Streaming data. What is the Google BigQuery Architecture? BigQuery Architecture is based on Dremel Technology. Dremel is a tool used in Google for about 10 years. Dremel: BigQuery Architecture dynamically apportions slots to queries on an as-needed basis, maintaining fairness amongst multiple users who are all querying at once. A single user can get thousands of slots to run their queries. It takes more than just a lot of hardware to make your queries run fast. BigQuery requests are powered by the Dremel query engine. Colossus: BigQuery Architecture relies on Colossus, Google’s latest generation distributed file system. Each Google data center has its own Colossus cluster, and each Colossus cluster has enough disks to give every BigQuery user thousands of dedicated disks at a time. Colossus also handles replication, recovery (when disks crash), and distributed management. Jupiter Network: It is the internal data center network that allows BigQuery to separate storage and compute. Data Model/Storage Columnar storage. Nested/Repeated fields. No Index: Single full table scan. Query Execution The query is implemented in Tree Architecture. The query is executed using tens of thousands of machines over a fast Google Network. What is the BigQuery’s Columnar Database? Google BigQuery Architecture uses column-based storage or columnar storage structure that helps it achieve faster query processing with fewer resources. It is the main reason why Google BigQuery handles large datasets quantities and delivers excellent speed. Row-based storage structure is used in Relational Databases where data is stored in rows because it is an efficient way of storing data for transactional Databases. Storing data in columns is efficient for analytical purposes because it needs a faster data reading speed. Suppose a Database has 1000 records or 1000 columns of data. If we store data in a row-based structure, then querying only 10 rows out of 1000 will take more time as it will read all the 1000 rows to get 10 rows in the query output. But this is not the case in Google BigQuery’s Columnar Database, where all the data is stored in columns instead of rows. The columnar database will process only 100 columns in the interest of the query, which in turn makes the overall query processing faster. The Google Ecosystem Google BigQuery is a Cloud Data Warehouse that is a part of Google Cloud Platform (GCP) which means it can easily integrate with other Google products and services. Google Cloud Platforms is a package of many Google services used to store data such as Google Cloud Storage, Google Bigtable, Google Drive, Databases, and other Data processing tools. Google BigQuery can process all the data stored in these other Google products. Google BigQuery uses standard SQL queries to create and execute Machine Learning models and integrate with other Business Intelligence tools like Looker and Tableau. Google BigQuery Comparison with Other Database and Data Warehouses Here, you will be looking at how Google BigQuery is different from other Databases and Data Warehouses: 1) Comparison with MapReduce and NoSQL MapReduce vs. Google BigQuery NoSQL Datastore vs. Google BigQuery 2) Comparison with Redshift and Snowflake Some Important Considerations about these Comparisons: If you have a reasonable volume of data, say, dozens of terabytes that you rarely use to perform queries and it’s acceptable for you to have query response times of up to a few minutes when you use, then Google BigQuery is an excellent candidate for your scenario. If you need to analyze a big amount of data (e.g.: up to a few terabytes) by running many queries   which should be answered each very quickly — and you don’t need to keep the data available once the analysis is done, then an on-demand cloud solution like Amazon Redshift is a great fit. But keep in mind that differently from Google BigQuery, Redshift does need to be configured and tuned in order to perform well. BigQuery Architecture is good enough if not to take into account the speed of data updating. Compared to Redshift, Google BigQuery only supports hourly syncs as its fastest frequency update. This made us choose Redshift, as we needed the solution with the support of close to real-time data integration. Key Concepts of Google BigQuery Now, you will get to know about the key concepts associated with Google BigQuery: 1) Working BigQuery is a data warehouse, implying a degree of centralization. The query we demonstrated in the previous section was applied to a single dataset. However, the benefits of BigQuery become even more apparent when we do joins of datasets from completely different sources or when we query against data that is stored outside BigQuery. If you’re a power user of Sheets, you’ll probably appreciate the ability to do more fine-grained research with data in your spreadsheets. It’s a sensible enhancement for Google to make, as it unites BigQuery with more of Google’s own existing services. Previously, Google made it possible to analyse Google Analytics data in BigQuery. These sorts of integrations could make BigQuery Architecture a better choice in the market for cloud-based data warehouses, which is increasingly how Google has positioned BigQuery. Public cloud market leader Amazon Web Services (AWS) has Redshift, but no widely used tool for spreadsheets. Microsoft Azure’s SQL Data Warehouse, which has beenin preview for several months, does not currently have an official integration with Microsoft Excel, surprising though it may be. 2) Querying Google BigQuery Architecture supports SQL queries and supports compatibility with ANSI SQL 2011. BigQuery SQL support has been extended to support nested and repeated field types as part of the data model. For example, you can use GitHub public dataset and issue the UNNEST command. It lets you iterate over a repeated field. SELECT name, count(1) as num_repos FROM `bigquery-public-data.github_repos.languages`, UNNEST(language) GROUP BY name ORDER BY num_repos DESC limit 10 A) Interactive Queries Google BigQuery Architecture supports interactive querying of datasets and provides you with a consolidated view of these datasets across projects that you can access. Features like saving as and shared ad-hoc, exploring tables and schemas, etc. are provided by the console. B) Automated Queries You can automate the execution of your queries based on an event and cache the result for later use. You can use Airflow API to orchestrate automated activities. For simple orchestrations, you can use corn jobs. To encapsulate a query as an App Engine App and run it as a scheduled cron job you can refer to this blog. C) Query Optimization Each time a Google BigQuery executes a query, it executes a full-column scan. It doesn’t support indexes. As you know, the performance and query cost of Google BigQuery Architecture is dependent on the amount of data scanned during a query, you need to design your queries to reference the column that is strictly relevant to your query. When you are using data partitioned tables, make sure that only the relevant partitions are scanned. You can also refer to the detailed blog here that can help you to understand the performance characteristics after a query executes. D) External sources With federated data sources, you can run queries on the data that exists outside of your Google BigQuery. But this method has performance implications. You can also use query federation to perform the ETL process from an external source to Google BigQuery. E) User-defined functions Google BigQuery supports user-defined functions for queries that can exceed the complexity of SQL. User-defined functions allow you to extend the built-in SQL functions easily. It is written in JavaScript. It can take a list of values and then return a single value. F) Query sharing Collaborators can save and share the queries between the team members. Data exploration exercise, getting desired speed on a new dataset or query pattern becomes a cakewalk with it. 3) ETL/Data Load There are various approaches to loading data to BigQuery. In case you are moving data from Google Applications – like Google Analytics, Google Adwords, etc. google provides a robust BigQuery Data Transfer Service. This is Google’s own intra-product data migration tool. Data load from other data sources – databases, cloud applications, and more can be accomplished by deploying engineering resources to write custom scripts. The broad steps would be to extract data from the data source, transform it into a format that BigQuery accepts, upload this data to Google Cloud Storage (GCS) and finally load this to Google BigQuery from GCS. A few examples of how to perform this can be found here –> PostgreSQL to BigQuery and SQL Server to BigQuery A word of caution though – custom coding scripts to move data to Google BigQuery is both a complex and cumbersome process. A third-party data pipeline platform such as LIKE.TG can make this a hassle-free process for you. Simplify ETL Using LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG Data helps you directly transfer data from 150+ other data sources (including 40+ free sources) to Business Intelligence tools, Data Warehouses, or a destination of your choice in a completely hassle-free automated manner. LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. LIKE.TG takes care of all your data preprocessing needs required to set up the integration and lets you focus on key business activities and draw a much more powerful insight on how to generate more leads, retain customers, and take your business to new heights of profitability. It provides a consistent reliable solution to manage data in real-time and always have analysis-ready data in your desired destination. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free 4) Pricing Model A) Google BigQuery Storage Cost Active – Monthly charge for stored data modified within 90 days. Long-term – Monthly charge for stored data that have not been modified within 90 days. This is usually lower than the earlier one. B) Google BigQuery Query Cost On-demand – Based on data usage. Flat rate – Fixed monthly cost, ideal for enterprise users. Free usage is available for the below operations: Loading data (network pricing policy applicable in case of inter-region). Copying data. Exporting data. Deleting datasets. Metadata operations. Deleting tables, views, and partitions. 5) Maintenance Google has managed to solve a lot of common data warehouse concerns by throwing order of magnitude of hardware at the existing problems and thus eliminating them altogether. Unlike Amazon Redshift, running VACUUM in Google BigQuery is not an option. Google BigQuery is specifically architected without the need for the resource-intensive VACUUM operation that is recommended for Redshift. BigQuery Pricing is way different compared to the redshift. Keep in mind that by design, Google BigQuery is append-only. Meaning, that when planning to update or delete data, you’ll need to truncate the entire table and recreate the table with new data. However, Google has implemented ways in which users can reduce the amount of data processed. Partition their tables by specifying the partition date in their queries. Use wildcard tables to share their data by an attribute. 6) Security The fastest hardware and most advanced software are of little use if you can’t trust them with your data. BigQuery’s security model is tightly integrated with the rest of Google’s Cloud Platform, so it is possible to take a holistic view of your data security. BigQuery uses Google’s Identity and Access Management (IAM) access control system to assign specific permissions to individual users or groups of users. BigQuery also ties in tightly with Google’s Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) policy controls, which can protect against users who try to access data from outside your organization, or who try to export it to third parties. Both IAM and VPC controls are designed to work across Google cloud products, so you don’t have to worry that certain products create a security hole. BigQuery is available in every region where Google Cloud has a presence, enabling you to process the data in the location of your choosing. At the time of writing, Google Cloud has more than two dozen data centers around the world, and new ones are being opened at a fast rate. If you have business reasons for keeping data in the US, it is possible to do so. Just create your dataset with the US region code, and all of your queries against the data will be done within that region. Know more about Google BigQuery security from here. 7) Features Some features of Google BigQuery Data Warehouse are listed below: Just upload your data and run SQL. No cluster deployment, no virtual machines, no setting keys or indexes, and no software. Separate storage and computing. No need to deploy multiple clusters and duplicate data into each one. Manage permissions on projects and datasets with access control lists. Seamlessly scales with usage. Compute scales with usage, without cluster resizing. Thousands of cores are used per query. Deployed across multiple data centers by default, with multiple factors of replication to optimize maximum data durability and service uptime. Stream millions of rows per second for real-time analysis. Analyze terabytes of data in seconds. Storage scales to Petabytes. 8) Interaction A) Web User Interface Run queries and examine results. Manage databases and tables. Save queries and share them across the organization for re-use. Detailed Query history. B) Visualize Data Studio View BigQuery results with charts, pivots, and dashboards. C) API A programmatic way to access Google BigQuery. D) Service Limits for Google BigQuery The concurrent rate limit for on-demand, interactive queries: 50. Daily query size limit: Unlimited by default. Daily destination table update limit: 1,000 updates per table per day. Query execution time limit: 6 hours. A maximum number of tables referenced per query: 1,000. Maximum unresolved query length: 256 KB. Maximum resolved query length: 12 MB. The concurrent rate limit for on-demand, interactive queries against Cloud Big table external data sources: 4. E) Integrating with Tensorflow BigQuery has a new feature BigQuery ML that let you create and use a simple Machine Learning (ML) model as well as deep learning prediction with the TensorFlow model. This is the key technology to integrate the scalable data warehouse with the power of ML. The solution enables a variety of smart data analytics, such as logistic regression on a large dataset, similarity search, and recommendation on images, documents, products, or users, by processing feature vectors of the contents. Or you can even run TensorFlow model prediction inside BigQuery. Now, imagine what would happen if you could use BigQuery for deep learning as well. After having data scientists train the cutting-edge intelligent neural network model with TensorFlow or Google Cloud Machine Learning, you can move the model to BigQuery and execute predictions with the model inside BigQuery. This means you can let any employee in your company use the power of BigQuery for their daily data analytics tasks, including image analytics and business data analytics on terabytes of data, processed in tens of seconds, solely on BigQuery without any engineering knowledge. 9) Performance Google BigQuery rose from Dremel, Google’s distributed query engine. Dremel held the capability to handle terabytes of data in seconds flat by leveraging distributed computing within a serverless BigQuery Architecture. This BigQuery architecture allows it to process complex queries with the help of multiple servers in parallel to significantly improve processing speed. In the following sections, you will take a look at the 4 critical components of Google BigQuery performance: Tree Architecture Serverless Service SQL and Programming Language Support Real-time Analytics Tree Architecture BigQuery Architecture and Dremel can scale to thousands of machines by structuring computations as an execution tree. A root server receives an incoming query and relays it to branches, also known as mixers, which modify incoming queries and deliver them to leaf nodes, also known as slots. Working in parallel, the leaf nodes handle the nitty-gritty of filtering and reading the data. The results are then moved back down the tree where the mixers accumulate the results and send them to the root as the answer to the query. Serverless Service In most Data Warehouse environments, organizations have to specify and commit to the server hardware on which computations are run. Administrators have to provision for performance, elasticity, security, and reliability. A serverless model can come in handy in solving this constraint. In a serverless model, processing can automatically be distributed over a large number of machines working simultaneously. By leveraging Google BigQuery’s serverless model, database administrators and data engineers can focus less on infrastructure and more on provisioning servers and extracting actionable insights from data. SQL and Programming Language Support Users can avail BigQuery Architecture through standard-SQL, which many users are quite familiar with. Google BigQuery also has client libraries for writing applications that can access data in Python, Java, Go, C#, PHP, Ruby, and Node.js. Real-time Analytics Google BigQuery can also run and process reports on real-time data by using other GCP resources and services. Data Warehouses can provide support for analytics after data from multiple sources is accumulated and stored- which can often happen in batches throughout the day. Apart from Batch Processing, Google BigQuery Architecture also supports streaming at a rate of millions of rows of data every second. 10) Use Cases You can use Google BigQuery Data Warehouse in the following cases: Use it when you have queries that run more than five seconds in a relational database. The idea of BigQuery is running complex analytical queries, which means there is no point in running queries that are doing simple aggregation or filtering. BigQuery is suitable for “heavy” queries, those that operate using a big set of data. The bigger the dataset, the more you’re likely to gain performance by using BigQuery. The dataset that I used was only 330 MB (megabytes, not even gigabytes). BigQuery is good for scenarios where data does not change often and you want to use the cache, as it has a built-in cache. What does this mean? If you run the same query and the data in tables are not changed (updated), BigQuery will just use cached results and will not try to execute the query again. Also, BigQuery is not charging money for cached queries. You can also use BigQuery when you want to reduce the load on your relational database. Analytical queries are “heavy” and overusing them under a relational database can lead to performance issues. So, you could eventually be forced to think about scaling your server. However, with BigQuery you can move these running queries to a third-party service, so they would not affect your main relational database. Conclusion BigQuery is a sophisticated mature service that has been around for many years. It is feature-rich, economical, and fast. BigQuery integration with Google Drive and the free Data Studio visualization toolset is very useful for comprehension and analysis of Big Data and can process several terabytes of data within a few seconds. This service needs to deploy across existing and future Google Cloud Platform (GCP) regions. Serverless is certainly the next best option to obtain maximized query performance with minimal infrastructure cost. If you want to integrate your data from various sources and load it in Google BigQuery, then try LIKE.TG . Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Businesses can use automated platforms like LIKE.TG Data to set the integration and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from various Data Sources to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code and will provide you with a hassle-free experience. Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. So, what are your thoughts on Google BigQuery? Let us know in the comments
 Amazon S3 to Snowflake ETL: 2 Easy Methods
Amazon S3 to Snowflake ETL: 2 Easy Methods
Does your organization have data integration requirements, like migrating data from Amazon S3 to Snowflake? You might have found your way to the right place. This article talks about a specific Data Engineering scenario where data gets moved from the popular Amazon S3 to Snowflake, a well-known cloud Data Warehousing Software. However, before we dive deeper into understanding the steps, let us first understand these individual systems for more depth and clarity.Prerequisites You will have a much easier time understanding the ways for setting up the Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration if you have gone through the following aspects: An active account on Amazon Web Services.An active account on Snowflake.Working knowledge of Databases and Data Warehouses.Clear idea regarding the type of data to be transferred. How to Set Up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration This article delves into both the manual and using LIKE.TG methods in depth. You will also see some of the pros and cons of these approaches and would be able to pick the best method based on your use case. Let us now go through the two methods: Method 1: Manual ETL Process to Set up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration You can follow the below-mentioned steps to manually set up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration: Step 1: Configuring an S3 Bucket for AccessStep 2: Data PreparationStep 3: Copying Data from S3 Buckets to the Appropriate Snowflake TablesStep 4: Set up automatic data loading using SnowpipeStep 5: Manage data transformations during the data load from S3 to Snowflake Step 1: Configuring an S3 Bucket for Access To authenticate access control to an S3 bucket during a data load/unload operation, Amazon Web Services provides an option to create Identity Access Management (IAM) users with the necessary permissions. An IAM user creation is a one-time process that creates a set of credentials enabling a user to access the S3 bucket(s). In case there are a larger number of users, another option is to create an IAM role and assign this role to a set of users. The IAM role will be created with the necessary access permissions to an S3 bucket, and any user having this role can run data load/unload operations without providing any set of credentials. Step 2: Data Preparation There are a couple of things to be kept in mind in terms of preparing the data. They are: Compression: Compression of files stored in the S3 bucket is highly recommended, especially for bigger data sets, to help with the smooth and faster transfer of data. Any of the following compression methods can be used:gzipbzip2brotlizstandarddeflateraw deflateFile Format: Ensure the file format of the data files to be loaded matches with the file format from the table below – Step 3: Copying Data from S3 Buckets to the Appropriate Snowflake Tables Data copy from S3 is done using a ‘COPY INTO’ command that looks similar to a copy command used in a command prompt or any scripting language. It has a ‘source’, a ‘destination’, and a set of parameters to further define the specific copy operation. The two common ways to copy data from S3 to Snowflake are using the file format option and the pattern matching option: File format -Here’s an example : copy into abc_table from s3://snowflakebucket/data/abc_files credentials=(aws_key_id='$KEY_ID' aws_secret_key='$SECRET_KEY') file_format = (type = csv field_delimiter = ','); Pattern Matching – copy into abc_table from s3://snowflakebucket/data/abc_files credentials=(aws_key_id='$KEY_ID' aws_secret_key='$SECRET_KEY') pattern='*test*.csv'; Step 4: Set up Automatic Data Loadingusing Snowpipe As running COPY commands every time a data set needs to be loaded into a table is infeasible, Snowflake provides an option to automatically detect and ingest staged files when they become available in the S3 buckets. This feature is called automatic data loading using Snowpipe. Here are the main features of a Snowpipe – Snowpipe can be set up in a few different ways to look for newly staged files and load them based on a pre-defined COPY command. An example here is to create a Simple-Queue-Service notification that can trigger the Snowpipe data load.In the case of multiple files, Snowpipe appends these files into a loading queue. Generally, the older files are loaded first, however, this is not guaranteed to happen.Snowpipe keeps a log of all the S3 files that have already been loaded – this helps it identify a duplicate data load and ignore such a load when it is attempted. Step 5: Managing Data Transformations During the Data Load from S3 to Snowflake One of the cool features available on Snowflake is its ability to transform the data during the data load. In traditional ETL, data is extracted from one source and loaded into a stage table in a one-to-one fashion. Later on, transformations are done during the data load process between the stage and the destination table. However, with Snowflake, the intermediate stage table can be ignored, and the following data transformations can be performed during the data load – Reordering of columns: The order of columns in the data file doesn’t need to match the order of the columns in the destination table.Column omissions: The data file can have fewer columns than the destination table, and the data load will still go through successfully.Circumvent column length discrepancy: Snowflake provides for options to truncate the string length of data sets in the data file to align with the field lengths in the destination table. The above transformations are done through the use of select statements while performing the COPY command. These select statements are similar to how select SQL queries are written to query database tables, the only difference here is, the select statements pull certain data from a staged data file (instead of a database table) in an S3 bucket. Here is an example of a COPY command using a select statement to reorder the columns of a data file before going ahead with the actual data load – copy into abc_table(ID, name, category, price) from (select x.$1, x.$3, x.$4, x.$2 from @s3snowflakestage x) file_format = (format_name = csvtest); In the above example, the order of columns in the data file is different from that of the abc_table, hence, the select statement calls out specific columns using the $*number* syntax to match with the order of the abc_table. Limitations of Manual ETL Process to Set up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration After reading this blog, it may appear as if writing custom ETL scripts to achieve the above steps to move data from S3 to Snowflake is not that complicated. However, in reality, there is a lot that goes into building these tiny things in a coherent, robust way to ensure that your data pipelines are going to function reliably and efficiently. Some specific challenges to that end are – Other than one-of-use of the COPY command for specific, ad-hoc tasks, as far as data engineering and ETL goes, this whole chain of events will have to be automated so that real-time data is available as soon as possible for analysis. Setting up Snowpipe or any similar solution to achieve that reliably is no trivial task.On top of setting up and automating these tasks, the next thing a growing data infrastructure is going to face is scaling. Depending on the growth, things can scale up really quickly and if you don’t have a dependable, data engineering backbone that can handle this scale, it can become a problem.With functionalities to perform data transformations, a lot can be done in the data load phase, however, again with scale, there are going to be so many data files and so many database tables, at which point, you’ll need to have a solution already deployed that can keep track of these updates and stay on top of it. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline, helps you directly transfer data from Amazon S3 and150+ other data sourcesto Data Warehouses such as Snowflake, Databases, BI tools, or a destination of your choice in a completely hassle-free automated manner. LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. LIKE.TG Data takes care of all your data preprocessing needs and lets you focus on key business activities and draw a much more powerful insight on how to generate more leads, retain customers, and take your business to new heights of profitability. It provides a consistent reliable solution to manage data in real-time and always has analysis-ready data in your desired destination. Loading data into Snowflake using LIKE.TG is easier, more reliable, and fast. LIKE.TG is a no-code automated data pipeline platform that solves all the challenges described above. For any information on Amazon S3 Logs, you can visit the former link. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial! You can move data from Amazon S3 to Snowflake by following 3 simple steps without writing any piece of code. Connect to Amazon S3 source by providing connection settings. Select the file format (JSON/CSV/AVRO) and create schema folders.Configure Snowflake Warehouse. LIKE.TG will take all groundwork of moving data from Amazon S3 to Snowflake in a Secure, Consistent, and Reliable fashion. Here are more reasons to try LIKE.TG : Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss.Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema.Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations.LIKE.TG Is Built To Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency.Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends.Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support calls.Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Download the Cheatsheet on How to Set Up ETL to Snowflake Learn the best practices and considerations for setting up high-performance ETL to Snowflake Conclusion Amazon S3 to Snowflake is a very common data engineering use case in the tech industry. As mentioned in the custom ETL method section, you can set things up on your own by following a sequence of steps, however, as mentioned in the challenges section, things can get quite complicated and a good number of resources may need to be allocated to these tasks to ensure consistent, day-to-day operations. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Businesses can use automated platforms likeLIKE.TG Data to set this integration and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from a source of your choice to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code and will provide you a hassle-free experience. Want to try LIKE.TG ? Sign Up for a 14-day free trialand experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. Have a look at our unbeatablepricing, which will help you choose the right plan for you. Share your experience of setting up Amazon S3 to Snowflake Integration in the comments section below!
 Redshift Sort Keys: 3 Comprehensive Aspects
Redshift Sort Keys: 3 Comprehensive Aspects
Amazon Redshift is a fully managed, distributed Relational Data Warehouse system. It is capable of performing queries efficiently over petabytes of data. Nowadays, Redshift has become a natural choice for many for their Data Warehousing needs. This makes it important to understand the concept of Redshift Sortkeys to derive optimum performance from it. This article will introduce Amazon Redshift Data Warehouse and the Redshift Sortkeys. It will also shed light on the types of Sort Keys available and their implementation in Data Warehousing. If leveraged rightly, Sort Keys can help optimize the query performance on an Amazon Redshift Cluster to a greater extent. Read along to understand the importance of Sort Keys and the points that you must keep in mind while selecting a type of Sort Key for your Data Warehouse! What is Redshift Sortkey? Amazon Redshift is a well-known Cloud-based Data Warehouse. Developed by Amazon, Redshift has the ability to quickly scale and deliver services to users, reducing costs and simplifying operations. Moreover, it links well with other AWS services, for example, AWS Redshift analyzes all data present in data warehouses and data lakes efficiently. With machine learning, massively parallel query execution, and high-performance disk columnar storage, Redshift delivers much better speed and performance than its peers. ​AWS Redshift is easy to operate and scale, so users don’t need to learn any new languages. By simply loading the cluster and using your favorite tools, you can start working on Redshift. The following video tutorial will help you in starting your journey with AWS Redshift. To learn more about Amazon Redshift, visit here. Introduction to Redshift Sortkeys Redshift Sortkeys determines the order in which rows in a table are stored. Query performance is improved when Redshift Sortkeys are properly used as it enables the query optimizer to read fewer chunks of data filtering out the majority of it. During the process of storing your data, some metadata is also generated, for example, the minimum and maximum values ​​of each block are saved and can be accessed directly without repeating the data. Every time a query is executed. This metadata is passed to the query planner, which extracts this information to create more efficient execution plans. This metadata is used by the Sort Keys to optimizing the query processing. Redshift Sortkeys allow skipping large chunks of data during query processing. Fewer data to scan means a shorter processing time, thereby improving the query’s performance. To learn more about Redshift Sortkeys, visit here. Simplify your ETL Processes with LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline helps to load data from any data source such as Databases, SaaS applications, Cloud Storage, SDK,s, and Streaming Services and simplifies the ETL process. It supports100+ data sourcesand loads the data onto the desired Data Warehouse-likeRedshift, enriches the data, and transforms it into an analysis-ready form without writing a single line of code. Its completely automated pipeline offers data to be delivered in real-time without any loss from source to destination. Its fault-tolerant and scalable architecture ensure that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss and supports different forms of data. The solutions provided are consistent and work with different Business Intelligence (BI) tools as well. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Check out why LIKE.TG is the Best: Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations. LIKE.TG Is Built To Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support calls. Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial! Types of Redshift Sortkeys There can be multiple columns defined as Sort Keys. Data stored in the table can be sorted using these columns. The query optimizer uses this sort of ordered table while determining optimal query plans. There are 2 types of Amazon Redshift Sortkey available: Compound Redshift Sortkeys Interleaved Redshift Sortkeys 1) Compound Redshift Sortkeys These are made up of all the columns that are listed in the Redshift Sortkeys definition during the creation of the table, in the order that they are listed. Therefore, it is advisable to put the most frequently used column at the first in the list. COMPOUND is the default Sort type. The Compound Redshift Sortkeys might speed up joins, GROUP BY and ORDER BY operations, and window functions that use PARTITION BY. Download the Cheatsheet on How to Set Up High-performance ETL to Redshift Learn the best practices and considerations for setting up high-performance ETL to Redshift For example, let’s create a table with 2 Compound Redshift sortkeys. CREATE TABLE customer ( c_customer_id INTEGER NOT NULL, c_country_id INTEGER NOT NULL, c_name VARCHAR(100) NOT NULL) COMPOUND SORTKEY(c_customer_id, c_country_id); You can see how data is stored in the table, it is sorted by the columns c_customer_id and c_country_id. Since the column c_customer_id is first in the list, the table is first sorted by c_customer_id and then by c_country_id. As you can see in Figure.1, if you want to get all country IDs for a customer, you would require access to one block. If you need to get IDs for all customers with a specific country, you need to access all four blocks. This shows that we are unable to optimize two kinds of queries at the same time using Compound Sorting. 2) Interleaved Redshift Sortkeys Interleaved Sort gives equal weight to each column in the Redshift Sortkeys. As a result, it can significantly improve query performance where the query uses restrictive predicates (equality operator in WHERE clause) on secondary sort columns. Adding rows to a Sorted Table already containing data affects the performance significantly. VACUUM and ANALYZE operations should be used regularly to re-sort and update the statistical metadata for the query planner. The effect is greater when the table uses interleaved sorting, especially when the sort columns include data that increases monotonically, such as date or timestamp columns. For example, let’s create a table with Interleaved Sort Keys. CREATE TABLE customer (c_customer_id INTEGER NOT NULL, c_country_id INTEGER NOT NULL) INTERLEAVED SORTKEY (c_customer_id, c_country_id); As you can see, the first block stores the first two customer IDs along with the first two country IDs. Therefore, you only scan 2 blocks to return data to a given customer or a given country. The query performance is much better for the large table using interleave sorting. If the table contains 1M blocks (1 TB per column) with an interleaved sort key of both customer ID and country ID, you scan 1K blocks when you filter on a specific customer or country, a speedup of 1000x compared to the unsorted case. Choosing the Ideal Redshift Sortkey Both Redshift Sorkeys have their own use and advantages. Keep the following points in mind for selecting the right Sort Key: Use Interleaved Sort Keyswhen you plan to use one column as Sort Key or when WHERE clauses in your query have highly selective restrictive predicates. Or if the tables are huge. You may want to check table statistics by querying the STV_BLOCKLIST system table. Look for the tables with a high number of 1MB blocks per slice and distributed over all slices. Use Compound Sort Keys when you have more than one column as Sort Key, when your query includes JOINS, GROUP BY, ORDER BY, and PARTITION BY when your table size is small. Don’t use an Interleaved Sort Key on columns with monotonically increasing attributes, like an identity column, dates, or timestamps. This is how you can choose the ideal Sort Key in Redshift for your unique data needs. Conclusion This article introduced Amazon Redshift Data Warehouse and the Redshift Sortkeys. Moreover, it provided a detailed explanation of the 2 types of Redshift Sortkeys namely, Compound Sort Keys and Interleaved Sort Keys. The article also listed down the points that you must remember while choosing Sort Keys for your Redshift Data warehouse. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Another way to get optimum Query performance from Redshift is to re-structure the data from OLTP to OLAP. You can create derived tables by pre-aggregating and joining the data. Data Integration Platform such as LIKE.TG Data offers Data Modelling and Workflow Capability to achieve this simply and reliably. LIKE.TG Data offers a faster way to move data from150+ data sourcessuch as SaaS applications or Databases into your Redshift Data Warehouse to be visualized in a BI tool.LIKE.TG is fully automated and hence does not require you to code. Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand Share your experience of using different Redshift Sortkeys in the comments below!
 Steps to Install Kafka on Ubuntu 20.04: 8 Easy Steps
Steps to Install Kafka on Ubuntu 20.04: 8 Easy Steps
Apache Kafka is a distributed message broker designed to handle large volumes of real-time data efficiently. Unlike traditional brokers like ActiveMQ and RabbitMQ, Kafka runs as a cluster of one or more servers. This makes it highly scalable, and due to this distributed nature, it has inbuilt fault tolerance while delivering higher throughput when compared to its counterparts.But, tackling the challenges while installing Kafka is not easy. This article will walk you through the steps to Install Kafka on Ubuntu 20.04 using simple 8 steps. It will also provide you with a brief introduction to Kafka install Ubuntu 20.04. Let’s get started. How to Install Kafka on Ubuntu 20.04 To begin Kafka installation on Ubuntu, ensure you have the necessary dependencies installed: A server running Ubuntu 20.04 with at least 4 GB of RAM and a non-root user with sudo access. If you do not already have a non-root user, follow our Initial Server Setup tutorial to set it up. Installations with fewer than 4GB of RAM may cause the Kafka service to fail. OpenJDK 11 is installed on your server. To install this version, refer to our post on How to Install Java using APT on Ubuntu 20.04. Kafka is written in Java and so requires a JVM. Let’s try to understand the procedure to install Kafka on Ubuntu. Below are the steps you can follow to install Kafka on Ubuntu: Step 1: Install Java and Zookeeper Step 2: Create a Service User for Kafka Step 3: Download Apache Kafka Step 4: Configuring Kafka Server Step 5: Setting Up Kafka Systemd Unit Files Step 6: Testing Installation Step 7: Hardening Kafka Server Step 8: Installing KafkaT (Optional) Simplify Integration Using LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline What if there is already a platform that uses Kafka and makes the replication so easy for you? LIKE.TG Data helps you directly transfer data from Kafka and 150+ data sources (including 40+ free sources) to Business Intelligence tools, Data Warehouses, or a destination of your choice in a completely hassle-free automated manner. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is replicated in real-time and securely with zero data loss. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial! Step 1: Install Java and Bookeeper Kafka is written in Java and Scala and requires jre 1.7 and above to run it. In this step, you need to ensure Java is installed. sudo apt-get update sudo apt-get install default-jre ZooKeeper is a centralized service for maintaining configuration information, naming, providing distributed synchronization, and providing group services. Kafka uses Zookeeper for maintaining the heartbeats of its nodes, maintaining configuration, and most importantly to elect leaders. sudo apt-get install zookeeperd You will now need to check if Zookeeper is alive and if it’s OK telnet localhost 2181 at Telnet prompt, You will have to enter ruok (are you okay) if it’s all okay it willend the telnet session andreply with imok Step 2: Create a Service User for Kafka As Kafka is a network application creating a non-root sudo user specifically for Kafka minimizes the risk if the machine is to be compromised. $ sudo adduser kafka Follow the Tabs and set the password to create Kafka User. Now, you have to add the User to the Sudo Group, using the following command: $ sudo adduser kafka sudo Now, your User is ready, you need to log in using, the following command: $ su -l kafka Step 3: Download Apache Kafka Now, you need to download and extract Kafka binaries in your Kafka user’s home directory. You can create your directory using the following command: $ mkdir ~/Downloads You need to download the Kafka binaries using Curl: $ curl "https://downloads.apache.org/kafka/2.6.2/kafka_2.13-2.6.2.tgz" -o ~/Downloads/kafka.tgz Create a new directory called Kafka and change your path to this directory to make it your base directory. $ mkdir ~/kafka cd ~/kafka Now simply extract the archive you have downloaded using the following command: $ tar -xvzf ~/Downloads/kafka.tgz --strip 1 –strip 1 is used to ensure that the archived data is extracted in ~/kafka/. Step 4: Configuring Kafka Server The default behavior of Kafka prevents you from deleting a topic. Messages can be published to a Kafka topic, which is a category, group, or feed name. You must edit the configuration file to change this. The server.properties file specifies Kafka’s configuration options. Use nano or your favorite editor to open this file: $ nano ~/kafka/config/server.properties Add a setting that allows us to delete Kafka topics first. Add the following to the file’s bottom: delete.topic.enable = true Now change the directory for storing logs: log.dirs=/home/kafka/logs Now you need to Save and Close the file. The next step is to set up Systemd Unit Files. Step 5: Setting Up Kafka Systemd Unit Files In this step, you need to create systemd unit files for the Kafka and Zookeeper service. This will help to manage Kafka services to start/stop using the systemctl command. Create systemd unit file for Zookeeper with below command: $ sudo nano /etc/systemd/system/zookeeper.service Next, you need to add the below content: [Unit] Requires=network.target remote-fs.target After=network.target remote-fs.target [Service] Type=simple User=kafka ExecStart=/home/kafka/kafka/bin/zookeeper-server-start.sh /home/kafka/kafka/config/zookeeper.properties ExecStop=/home/kafka/kafka/bin/zookeeper-server-stop.sh Restart=on-abnormal [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target Save this file and then close it. Then you need to create a Kafka systemd unit file using the following command snippet: $ sudo nano /etc/systemd/system/kafka.service Now, you need to enter the following unit definition into the file: [Unit] Requires=zookeeper.service After=zookeeper.service [Service] Type=simple User=kafka ExecStart=/bin/sh -c '/home/kafka/kafka/bin/kafka-server-start.sh /home/kafka/kafka/config/server.properties > /home/kafka/kafka/kafka.log 2>1' ExecStop=/home/kafka/kafka/bin/kafka-server-stop.sh Restart=on-abnormal [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target This unit file is dependent on zookeeper.service, as specified in the [Unit] section. This will ensure that zookeeper is started when the Kafka service is launched.The [Service] line specifies that systemd should start and stop the service using the kafka-server-start.sh and Kafka-server-stop.sh shell files. It also indicates that if Kafka exits abnormally, it should be restarted.After you’ve defined the units, use the following command to start Kafka: $ sudo systemctl start kafka Check the Kafka unit’s journal logs to see if the server has started successfully: $ sudo systemctl status kafka Output: kafka.service Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/kafka.service; disabled; vendor preset: enabled) Active: active (running) since Wed 2021-02-10 00:09:38 UTC; 1min 58s ago Main PID: 55828 (sh) Tasks: 67 (limit: 4683) Memory: 315.8M CGroup: /system.slice/kafka.service ├─55828 /bin/sh -c /home/kafka/kafka/bin/kafka-server-start.sh /home/kafka/kafka/config/server.properties > /home/kafka/kafka/kafka.log 2>1 └─55829 java -Xmx1G -Xms1G -server -XX:+UseG1GC -XX:MaxGCPauseMillis=20 -XX:InitiatingHeapOccupancyPercent=35 -XX:+ExplicitGCInvokesConcurrent -XX:MaxInlineLevel=15 -Djava.awt.headless=true -Xlog:gc*:file=> Feb 10 00:09:38 cart-67461-1 systemd[1]: Started kafka.service. On port 9092, you now have a Kafka server listening. The Kafka service has been begun. But if you rebooted your server, Kafka would not restart automatically. To enable the Kafka service on server boot, run the following commands: $ sudo systemctl enable zookeeper $ sudo systemctl enable kafka You have successfully done the setup and installation of the Kafka server. Step 6: Testing installation In this stage, you’ll put your Kafka setup to the test. To ensure that the Kafka server is functioning properly, you will publish and consume a “Hello World” message. In order to publish messages in Kafka, you must first: A producer who allows records and data to be published to topics. A person who reads communications and data from different themes. To get started, make a new topic called TutorialTopic: $ ~/kafka/bin/kafka-topics.sh --create --zookeeper localhost:2181 --replication-factor 1 --partitions 1 --topic TutorialTopic The kafka-console-producer.sh script can be used to build a producer from the command line. As arguments, it expects the hostname, port, and topic of the Kafka server. The string “Hello, World” should now be published to the TutorialTopic topic: $ echo "Hello, World" | ~/kafka/bin/kafka-console-producer.sh --broker-list localhost:9092 --topic TutorialTopic > /dev/null Using the Kafka-console-consumer.sh script, establish a Kafka consumer. As parameters, it requests the ZooKeeper server’s hostname and port, as well as a topic name. Messages from TutorialTopic are consumed by the command below. Note the usage of the —from-beginning flag, which permits messages published before the consumer was launched to be consumed: $ ~/kafka/bin/kafka-console-consumer.sh --bootstrap-server localhost:9092 --topic TutorialTopic --from-beginning Hello, World will appear in your terminal if there are no configuration issues: Hello, World The script will keep running while it waits for further messages to be published. Open a new terminal window and log into your server to try this.Start a producer in this new terminal to send out another message: $ echo "Hello World from Sammy at LIKE.TG Data!" | ~/kafka/bin/kafka-console-producer.sh --broker-list localhost:9092 --topic TutorialTopic > /dev/null This message will appear in the consumer’s output: Hello, World Hello World from Sammy at LIKE.TG Data! To stop the consumer script, press CTRL+C once you’ve finished testing.On Ubuntu 20.04, you’ve now installed and set up a Kafka server. You’ll do a few fast operations to tighten the security of your Kafka server in the next phase. Step 7: Hardening Kafka Server You can now delete the Kafka user’s admin credentials after your installation is complete. Log out and back in as any other non-root sudo user before proceeding. Type exit if you’re still in the same shell session as when you started this tutorial. Remove the Kafka user from the sudo group: $ sudo deluser kafka sudo Lock the Kafka user’s password with the passwd command to strengthen the security of your Kafka server even more. This ensures that no one may use this account to log into the server directly: $ sudo passwd kafka -l Only root or a sudo user can log in as Kafka at this time by entering the following command: $ sudo su - kafka If you want to unlock it in the future, use passwd with the -u option: $ sudo passwd kafka -u You’ve now successfully restricted the admin capabilities of the Kafka user. You can either go to the next optional step, which will add KafkaT to your system, to start using Kafka. Step 8: Installing KafkaT (Optional) Airbnb created a tool called KafkaT. It allows you to view information about your Kafka cluster and execute administrative activities directly from the command line. You will, however, need Ruby to use it because it is a Ruby gem. To build the other gems that KafkaT relies on, you’ll also need the build-essential package. Using apt, install them: $ sudo apt install ruby ruby-dev build-essential The gem command can now be used to install KafkaT: $ sudo CFLAGS=-Wno-error=format-overflow gem install kafkat To suppress Zookeeper’s warnings and problems during the kafkat installation process, the “Wno-error=format-overflow” compiler parameter is required. The configuration file used by KafkaT to determine the installation and log folders of your Kafka server is.kafkatcfg. It should also include a KafkaT entry that points to your ZooKeeper instance. Make a new file with the extension .kafkatcfg: $ nano ~/.kafkatcfg To specify the required information about your Kafka server and Zookeeper instance, add the following lines: { "kafka_path": "~/kafka", "log_path": "/home/kafka/logs", "zk_path": "localhost:2181" } You are now ready to use KafkaT. For a start, here’s how you would use it to view details about all Kafka partitions: $ kafkat partitions You will see the following output: [DEPRECATION] The trollop gem has been renamed to optimist and will no longer be supported. Please switch to optimist as soon as possible. /var/lib/gems/2.7.0/gems/json-1.8.6/lib/json/common.rb:155: warning: Using the last argument as keyword parameters is deprecated ... Topic Partition Leader Replicas ISRs TutorialTopic 0 0 [0] [0] __consumer_offsets 0 0 [0] [0] ... ... You will see TutorialTopic, as well as __consumer_offsets, an internal topic used by Kafka for storing client-related information. You can safely ignore lines starting with __consumer_offsets. To learn more about KafkaT, refer to its GitHub repository. Conclusion This article gave you a comprehensive guide to Apache Kafka and Ubuntu 20.04. You also got to know about the steps you can follow to Install Kafka on Ubuntu. Extracting complex data from a diverse set of data sources such as Apache Kafka can be a challenging task, and this is where LIKE.TG saves the day! Looking to install Kafka on Mac instead? Read through this blog for all the information you need. Extracting complex data from a diverse set of data sources such as Apache Kafka can be a challenging task, and this is where LIKE.TG saves the day! LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. Withintegration with 150+ Data Sources(40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations such as data warehouses but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable LIKE.TG pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs. Hope this guide has successfully helped you install kafka on Ubuntu 20.04. Do let me know in the comments if you face any difficulty.
 How to Sync Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL: 2 Easy Methods
How to Sync Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL: 2 Easy Methods
When it comes to migrating data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL, I’ve had my fair share of trying different methods and even making rookie mistakes, only to learn from them. The migration process can be relatively smooth if you have the right approach, and in this blog, I’m excited to share my tried-and-true methods with you to move your data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL.In this blog, I’ll walk you through three easy methods: two automated methods for a faster and simpler approach and one manual method for more granular control. Choose the one that works for you. Let’s begin! What is MongoDB? MongoDB is a modern, document-oriented NoSQL database designed to handle large amounts of rapidly changing, semi-structured data. Unlike traditional relational databases that store data in rigid tables, MongoDB uses flexible JSON-like documents with dynamic schemas, making it an ideal choice for agile development teams building highly scalable and available internet applications. At its core, MongoDB features a distributed, horizontally scalable architecture that allows it to scale out across multiple servers as data volumes grow easily. Data is stored in flexible, self-describing documents instead of rigid tables, enabling faster iteration of application code. What is PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL is a powerful, open-source object-relational database system that has been actively developed for over 35 years. It combines SQL capabilities with advanced features to store and scale complex data workloads safely. One of PostgreSQL’s core strengths is its proven architecture focused on reliability, data integrity, and robust functionality. It runs on all major operating systems, has been ACID-compliant since 2001, and offers powerful extensions like the popular PostGIS for geospatial data. Differences between MongoDB PostgreSQL Reasons to Sync I have found that MongoDB is a distributed database that excels in handling modern transactional and analytical applications, particularly for rapidly changing and multi-structured data. On the other hand, PostgreSQL is an SQL database that provides all the features I need from a relational database. Differences Data Model: MongoDB uses a document-oriented data model, but PostgreSQL uses a table-based relational model. Query Language: MongoDB uses query syntax, but PostgreSQL uses SQL. Scaling: MongoDB scales horizontally through sharding, but PostgreSQL scales vertically on powerful hardware. Community Support: PostgreSQL has a large, mature community support, but MongoDB’s is still growing. Reasons to migrate from MongoDB to PostgreSQL: Better for larger data volumes: While MongoDB works well for smaller data volumes, PostgreSQL can handle larger amounts of data more efficiently with its powerful SQL engine and indexing capabilities. SQL and strict schema: If you need to leverage SQL or require a stricter schema, PostgreSQL’s relational approach with defined schemas may be preferable to MongoDB’s schemaless flexibility. Transactions: PostgreSQL offers full ACID compliance for transactions, MongoDB has limited support for multi-document transactions. Established solution: PostgreSQL has been around longer and has an extensive community knowledge base, tried and tested enterprise use cases, and a richer history of handling business-critical workloads. Cost and performance: For large data volumes, PostgreSQL’s performance as an established RDBMS can outweigh the overhead of MongoDB’s flexible document model, especially when planning for future growth. Integration: If you need to integrate your database with other systems that primarily work with SQL-based databases, PostgreSQL’s SQL support makes integration simpler. Move your Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQLGet a DemoTry itMove your Data from MySQL to PostgreSQLGet a DemoTry itMove your Data from Salesforce to PostgreSQLGet a DemoTry it MongoDB to PostgreSQL: 2 Migration Approaches Method 1: How to Migrate Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL Manually? To manually transfer data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL, I’ll follow a straightforward ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) approach. Here’s how I do it: Prerequisites and Configurations MongoDB Version: For this demo, I am using MongoDB version 4.4. PostgreSQL Version: Ensure you have PostgreSQL version 12 or higher installed. MongoDB and PostgreSQL Installation: Both databases should be installed and running on your system. Command Line Access: Make sure you have access to the command line or terminal on your system. CSV File Path: Ensure the CSV file path specified in the COPY command is accurate and accessible from PostgreSQL. Step 1: Extract the Data from MongoDB First, I use the mongoexport utility to export data from MongoDB. I ensure that the exported data is in CSV file format. Here’s the command I run from a terminal: mongoexport --host localhost --db bookdb --collection books --type=csv --out books.csv --fields name,author,country,genre This command will generate a CSV file named books.csv. It assumes that I have a MongoDB database named bookdb with a book collection and the specified fields. Step 2: Create the PostgreSQL Table Next, I create a table in PostgreSQL that mirrors the structure of the data in the CSV file. Here’s the SQL statement I use to create a corresponding table: CREATE TABLE books ( id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY, name VARCHAR NOT NULL, position VARCHAR NOT NULL, country VARCHAR NOT NULL, specialization VARCHAR NOT NULL ); This table structure matches the fields exported from MongoDB. Step 3: Load the Data into PostgreSQL Finally, I use the PostgreSQL COPY command to import the data from the CSV file into the newly created table. Here’s the command I run: COPY books(name,author,country,genre) FROM 'C:/path/to/books.csv' DELIMITER ',' CSV HEADER; This command loads the data into the PostgreSQL books table, matching the CSV header fields to the table columns. Pros and Cons of the Manual Method Pros: It’s easy to perform migrations for small data sets. I can use the existing tools provided by both databases without relying on external software. Cons: The manual nature of the process can introduce errors. For large migrations with multiple collections, this process can become cumbersome quickly. It requires expertise to manage effectively, especially as the complexity of the requirements increases. Integrate MongoDB to PostgreSQL in minutes.Get your free trial right away! Method 2: How to Migrate Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL using LIKE.TG Data As someone who has leveraged LIKE.TG Data for migrating between MongoDB and PostgreSQL, I can attest to its efficiency as a no-code ELT platform. What stands out for me is the seamless integration with transformation capabilities and auto schema mapping. Let me walk you through the easy 2-step process: a. Configure MongoDB as your Source: Connect your MongoDB account to LIKE.TG ’s platform by configuring MongoDB as a source connector. LIKE.TG provides an in-built MongoDB integration that allows you to set up the connection quickly. Set PostgreSQL as your Destination: Select PostgreSQL as your destination. Here, you need to provide necessary details like database host, user and password. You have successfully synced your data between MongoDB and PostgreSQL. It is that easy! I would choose LIKE.TG Data for migrating data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL because it simplifies the process, ensuring seamless integration and reducing the risk of errors. With LIKE.TG Data, I can easily migrate my data, saving time and effort while maintaining data integrity and accuracy. Additional Resources on MongoDB to PostgreSQL Sync Data from PostgreSQL to MongoDB What’s your pick? When deciding how to migrate your data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL, the choice largely depends on your specific needs, technical expertise, and project scale. Manual Method: If you prefer granular control over the migration process and are dealing with smaller datasets, the manual ETL approach is a solid choice. This method allows you to manage every step of the migration, ensuring that each aspect is tailored to your requirements. LIKE.TG Data: If simplicity and efficiency are your top priorities, LIKE.TG Data’s no-code platform is perfect. With its seamless integration, automated schema mapping, and real-time transformation features, LIKE.TG Data offers a hassle-free migration experience, saving you time and reducing the risk of errors. FAQ on MongoDB to PostgreSQL How to convert MongoDB to Postgres? Step 1: Extract Data from MongoDB using mongoexport Command.Step 2: Create a Product Table in PostgreSQL to Add the Incoming Data.Step 3: Load the Exported CSV from MongoDB to PostgreSQL. Is Postgres better than MongoDB? Choosing between PostgreSQL and MongoDB depends on your specific use case and requirements How to sync MongoDB and PostgreSQL? Syncing data between MongoDB and PostgreSQL typically involves implementing an ETL process or using specialized tools like LIKE.TG , Stitch etc. How to transfer data from MongoDB to SQL? 1. Export Data from MongoDB2. Transform Data (if necessary)3. Import Data into SQL Database4. Handle Data Mapping
 Google Analytics to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods for Replication
Google Analytics to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods for Replication
Are you attempting to gain more information from your Google Analytics by moving it to a larger database such as MySQL? Well, you’ve come to the correct place. Data replication from Google Analytics to MySQL is now much easier.This article will give you a brief overview of Google Analytics and MySQL. You will also explore 2 methods to set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration. In addition, the manual method’s drawbacks will also be examined in more detail in further sections. Read along to see which way of connecting Google Analytics to MySQL is the most suitable for you. Methods to Set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration Let’s dive into both the manual and LIKE.TG methods in depth. You will also see some of the pros and cons of these approaches and would be able to pick the best method to export google analytics data to MySQL based on your use case. Below are the two methods to set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration: Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to Set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. Withintegration with 150+ Data Sources(40+ free sources like Google Analytics), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. LIKE.TG ’s fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. GET STARTED WITH LIKE.TG FOR FREE Step 1: Configure and authenticate Google Analytics source. To get more details about Configuring Google Analytics with LIKE.TG Data, visit thislink. Step 2: Configure the MySQL database where the data needs to be loaded. To get more details about Configuring MySQL with LIKE.TG Data, visit thislink. LIKE.TG does all the heavy lifting, masks all ETL complexities, and delivers data in MySQL in a reliable fashion. Here are more reasons to try LIKE.TG to connect Google Analytics to MySQL database: Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Data Transformation:It provides a simple interface to perfect, modify, and enrich the data you want to transfer. Bringing in LIKE.TG was a boon. Our data moves seamlessly from all sources to Redshift, enabling us to do so much more with it – Chushul Suri, Head Of Data Analytics, Meesho Simplify your Data Analysis with LIKE.TG today! SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL! Method 2: Manual ETL process to Set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration Below is a method to manually set up Google Analytics to MySQL Integration: Step 1: Getting data from Google Analytics Google Analytics makes the click event data available through its Reporting API V4. Reporting API provides two sets of Rest API to address two specific use cases. Get aggregated analytics information on user behavior on your site on the basis of available dimensions – Google calls these metrics and dimensions. Metrics are aggregated information that you can capture and dimensions are the terms on which metrics are aggregated. For example, the number of users will be a metric and time will be a dimension. Get activities of a specific user – For this, you need to know the user id or client id. An obvious question then is how do you know the user id or client id. You will need to modify some bits in the client-side google analytics function that you are going to use and capture the client id. Google does not specifically tell you how to do this, but there is ample documentation on the internet about it. Please consult the laws and restrictions in your local country before attempting this, since the legality of this will depend on the privacy laws of the country. You will also need to go to the Google Analytics dashboard and register the client id as a new dimension. Google Analytics APIs use oAuth 2.0 as the authentication protocol. Before accessing the APIs, the user first needs to create a service account in the Google Analytics dashboard and generate authentication tokens. Let us review how this can be done. Go to google service accounts page and select a project. If you have not already created a project, create a project. Click on Create Service Account. You can ignore the permissions for now. On the ‘Grant users access to this service account’ section, click Create key Select JSON as the format for your key. Click Create a key and you will be prompted with a dialogue to save the key in your local computer. Save the key. We will be using the information from this step when we actually access the API. This API is now deprecated and all existing customers will lose access by July 1, 2024. Data API v1 is now being used instead of it. Limitations of using the manual method to load data from analytics to MySQL are: Requirement of Coding Expertise: The manual method requires organizations to have a team of experts who can write and debug codes manually in a timely manner. Security Risk: Sensitive API keys and access credentials of both Google Analytics and MySQL must be stored within the script code. This poses a significant security risk Use Cases for Google Analytics MySQL Connection There are several benefits of integrating data from Google Analytics 4 (GA4) to MySQL. Here are a few use cases: Advanced Analytics: You can perform complex queries and data analysis on your Google Analytics 4 (GA4) data because of MySQL’s powerful data processing capabilities, extracting insights that wouldn’t be possible within Google Analytics 4 (GA4) alone. Data Consolidation: Syncing to MySQL allows you to centralize your data for a holistic view of your operations if you’re using multiple other sources along with Google Analytics 4 (GA4). This helps to set up a changed data capture process so you never have any discrepancies in your data again. Historical Data Analysis: Google Analytics 4 (GA4) has limits on historical data. Long-term data retention and analysis of historical trends over time is possible because of syncing data to MySQL. Data Security and Compliance: MySQL provides robust data security features. When you load data from Analytics to MySQL, it ensures your data is secured and allows for advanced data governance and compliance management. Scalability: MySQL can handle large volumes of data without affecting performance. Hence, it provides an ideal solution for growing businesses with expanding Google Analytics 4 (GA4) data. Data Science and Machine Learning: When you connect Google Analytics to MySQL, you can apply machine learning models to your data for predictive analytics, customer segmentation, and more. Reporting and Visualization: While Google Analytics 4 (GA4) provides reporting tools, data visualization tools like Tableau, PowerBI, Looker (Google Data Studio) can connect to MySQL, providing more advanced business intelligence options. Download the Ultimate Guide on Database Replication Learn the 3 ways to replicate databases which one you should prefer. Step 2: Accessing Google Reporting API V4 Google provides easy-to-use libraries in Python, Java, and PHP to access its reporting APIs. It is best to use these APIs to download the data since it would be a tedious process to access these APIs using command-line tools like CURL. Here we will use the Python library to access the APIs. The following steps detail the procedure and code snippets to load data from Google Analytics to MySQL. Use the following command to install the Python GA library to your environment. sudo pip install --upgrade google-api-python-client This assumes the Python programming environment is already installed and works fine. We will now start writing the script for downloading the data as a CSV file. Import the required libraries. from apiclient.discovery import build from oauth2client.service_account import ServiceAccountCredentials Initialize the required variables. SCOPES = [‘https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly’] KEY_FILE_LOCATION = ‘<REPLACE_WITH_JSON_FILE>’ VIEW_ID = ‘<REPLACE_WITH_VIEW_ID>’ The above variables are required for OAuth authentication. Replace the key file location and view id with what we obtained in the first service creation step. View ids are the views from which you will be collecting the data. To get the view id of a particular view that you have already configured, go to the admin section, click on the view that you need, and go to view settings. Build the required objects. credentials = ServiceAccountCredentials.from_json_keyfile_name(KEY_FILE_LOCATION, SCOPES) #Build the service object. analytics = build(‘analyticsreporting’, ‘v4’, credentials=credentials) Execute the method to get the data. The below query is for getting the number of users aggregated by country from the last 7 days. response = analytics.reports().batchGet( body={ ‘reportRequests’: [ { ‘viewId’: VIEW_ID, ‘dateRanges’: [{‘startDate’: ‘7daysAgo’, ‘endDate’: ‘today’}], ‘metrics’: [{‘expression’: ‘ga:sessions’}], ‘dimensions’: [{‘name’: ‘ga:country’}] }] } ).execute() Parse the JSON and write the contents into a CSV file. import pandas as pd from pandas.io.json import json_normalize reports = response[‘reports’][0] columnHeader = reports[‘columnHeader’][‘dimensions’] metricHeader = reports[‘columnHeader’][‘metricHeader’][‘metricHeaderEntries’] columns = columnHeader for metric in metricHeader: columns.append(metric[‘name’]) data = json_normalize(reports[‘data’][‘rows’]) data_dimensions = pd.DataFrame(data[‘dimensions’].tolist()) data_metrics = pd.DataFrame(data[‘metrics’].tolist()) data_metrics = data_metrics.applymap(lambda x: x[‘values’]) data_metrics = pd.DataFrame(data_metrics[0].tolist()) result = pd.concat([data_dimensions, data_metrics], axis=1, ignore_index=True) result.to_csv(‘reports.csv’) Save the script and execute it. The result will be a CSV file with the following columns Id , ga:country, ga:sessions This file can be directly loaded to a MySQL table using the below command. Please ensure the table is already created. LOAD DATA INFILE’products.csv’ INTO TABLE customers FIELDS TERMINATED BY ‘,’ ENCLOSED BY ‘“’ LINES TERMINATED BY ‘rn’ ; That’s it! You now have your google analytics data in your MySQL. Now that we know how to get the Google Analytics data using custom code, let’s look into the limitations of using this method. Challenges of Building a Custom Setup The method even though elegant, requires you to write a lot of custom code. Google’s output JSON structure is a complex one and you may have to make changes to the above code according to the data you query from the API. This approach will work for a one-off data load to MySQL, but in most cases, organizations need to do this periodically merging the data point every day with seamless handling of duplicates. This will need you to write a very sophisticated import tool just for Google Analytics. The above method addresses only one API that is provided by Google. There are many other available APIs from Google which provide different types of data from the Google Analytics engine. An example is a real-time API. All these APIs come with a different output JSON structure and the developers will need to write separate parsers. A solution to all the above problems is to use a completely managed Data Integration Platform like LIKE.TG . Before wrapping up, let’s cover some basics. Prerequisites You will have a much easier time understanding the ways for setting up the Google Analytics to MySQL connection if you have gone through the following aspects: An active Google Analytics account. An active MySQL account. Working knowledge of SQL. Working knowledge of at least one scripting language. Introduction to Google Analytics Google Analytics is the service offered by Google to get complete information about your website and its users. It allows the site owners to measure the performance of their marketing, content, and products. It not only provides unique insights but also helps users deploy machine learning capabilities to make the most of their data. Despite all the unique analysis services provided by Google, it is sometimes required to get the raw clickstream data from your website into the on-premise databases. This helps in creating deeper analysis results by combining the clickstream data with the organization’s customer data and product data. To know more about Google Analytics, visit this link. Introduction to MySQL MySQL is a SQL-based open-source Relational Database Management System. It stores data in the form of tables. MySQL is a platform-independent database, which means you can use it on Windows, Mac OS X, or Linux with ease. MySQL is the world’s most used database, with proven performance, reliability, and ease of use. It is used by prominent open-source programs like WordPress, Magento, Open Cart, Joomla, and top websites like Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter. To know more about MySQL, visit this link. Conclusion This article provided a detailed step-by-step tutorial for setting up your Google Analytics to MySQL Integration utilizing the two techniques described in this article. The manual method although effective will require a lot of time and resources. Data migration from Google Analytics to MySQL is a time-consuming and tedious procedure, but with the help of a data integration solution like LIKE.TG , it can be done with little work and in no time. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO EXPLORE LIKE.TG Businesses can use automated platforms likeLIKE.TG to set this integration and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from a source of your choice to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code and will provide you with a hassle-free experience. SIGN UP and move data from Google Analytics to MySQL instantly. Share your experience of connecting Google Analytics and MySQL in the comments section below!
 Data Warehouse Best Practices: 6 Factors to Consider in 2024
Data Warehouse Best Practices: 6 Factors to Consider in 2024
What is Data Warehousing? Data warehousing is the process of collating data from multiple sources in an organization and store it in one place for further analysis, reporting and business decision making. Typically, organizations will have a transactional database that contains information on all day to day activities. Organizations will also have other data sources – third party or internal operations related. Data from all these sources are collated and stored in a data warehouse through an ELT or ETL process. The data model of the warehouse is designed such that, it is possible to combine data from all these sources and make business decisions based on them.In this blog, we will discuss 6 most important factors and data warehouse best practices to consider when building your first data warehouse. Impact of Data Sources Kind of data sources and their format determines a lot of decisions in a data warehouse architecture. Some of the best practices related to source data while implementing a data warehousing solution are as follows. Detailed discovery of data source, data types and its formats should be undertaken before the warehouse architecture design phase. This will help in avoiding surprises while developing the extract and transformation logic. Data sources will also be a factor in choosing the ETL framework. Irrespective of whether the ETL framework is custom-built or bought from a third party, the extent of its interfacing ability with the data sources will determine the success of the implementation. The Choice of Data Warehouse One of the most primary questions to be answered while designing a data warehouse system is whether to use a cloud-based data warehouse or build and maintain an on-premise system. There are multiple alternatives for data warehouses that can be used as a service, based on a pay-as-you-use model. Likewise, there are many open sources and paid data warehouse systems that organizations can deploy on their infrastructure. On-Premise Data Warehouse An on-premise data warehouse means the customer deploys one of the available data warehouse systems – either open-source or paid systems on his/her own infrastructure. There are advantages and disadvantages to such a strategy. Advantages of using an on-premise setup The biggest advantage here is that you have complete control of your data. In an enterprise with strict data security policies, an on-premise system is the best choice. The data is close to where it will be used and latency of getting the data from cloud services or the hassle of logging to a cloud system can be annoying at times. Cloud services with multiple regions support to solve this problem to an extent, but nothing beats the flexibility of having all your systems in the internal network. An on-premise data warehouse may offer easier interfaces to data sources if most of your data sources are inside the internal network and the organization uses very little third-party cloud data. Disadvantages of using an on-premise setup Building and maintaining an on-premise system requires significant effort on the development front. Scaling can be a pain because even if you require higher capacity only for a small amount of time, the infrastructure cost of new hardware has to be borne by the company. Scaling down at zero cost is not an option in an on-premise setup. Cloud Data Warehouse In a cloud-based data warehouse service, the customer does not need to worry about deploying and maintaining a data warehouse at all. The data warehouse is built and maintained by the provider and all the functionalities required to operate the data warehouse are provided as web APIs. Examples for such services are AWS Redshift, Microsoft Azure SQL Data warehouse, Google BigQuery, Snowflake, etc. Such a strategy has its share of pros and cons. Advantages of using a cloud data warehouse: Scaling in a cloud data warehouse is very easy. The provider manages the scaling seamlessly and the customer only has to pay for the actual storage and processing capacity that he uses. Scaling down is also easy and the moment instances are stopped, billing will stop for those instances providing great flexibility for organizations with budget constraints. The customer is spared of all activities related to building, updating and maintaining a highly available and reliable data warehouse. Disadvantages of using a cloud data warehouse The biggest downside is the organization’s data will be located inside the service provider’s infrastructure leading to data security concerns for high-security industries. There can be latency issues since the data is not present in the internal network of the organization. To an extent, this is mitigated by the multi-region support offered by cloud services where they ensure data is stored in preferred geographical regions. The decision to choose whether an on-premise data warehouse or cloud-based service is best-taken upfront. For organizations with high processing volumes throughout the day, it may be worthwhile considering an on-premise system since the obvious advantages of seamless scaling up and down may not be applicable to them. Simplify your Data Analysis with LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline A fully managed No-code Data Pipeline platform like LIKE.TG helps you integrate data from 100+ data sources (including 40+ Free Data Sources) to a destination of your choice in real-time in an effortless manner. LIKE.TG with its minimal learning curve can be set up in just a few minutes allowing the users to load data without having to compromise performance. Its strong integration with umpteenth sources provides users with the flexibility to bring in data of different kinds, in a smooth fashion without having to code a single line. GET STARTED WITH LIKE.TG FOR FREE Check Out Some of the Cool Features of LIKE.TG : Completely Automated: The LIKE.TG platform can be set up in just a few minutes and requires minimal maintenance. Real-Time Data Transfer: LIKE.TG provides real-time data migration, so you can have analysis-ready data always. Transformations: LIKE.TG provides preload transformations through Python code. It also allows you to run transformation code for each event in the Data Pipelines you set up. You need to edit the event object’s properties received in the transform method as a parameter to carry out the transformation. LIKE.TG also offers drag and drop transformations like Date and Control Functions, JSON, and Event Manipulation to name a few. These can be configured and tested before putting them to use. Connectors: LIKE.TG supports 100+ Integrations to SaaS platforms, files, databases, analytics, and BI tools. It supports various destinations including Amazon Redshift, Firebolt, Snowflake Data Warehouses; Databricks, Amazon S3 Data Lakes; and MySQL, SQL Server, TokuDB, DynamoDB, PostgreSQL databases to name a few. 100% Complete Accurate Data Transfer: LIKE.TG ’s robust infrastructure ensures reliable data transfer with zero data loss. Scalable Infrastructure: LIKE.TG has in-built integrations for 100+ sources, that can help you scale your data infrastructure as required. 24/7 Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to you through chat, email, and support calls. Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow so you can check where your data is at a particular point in time. Simplify your Data Analysis with LIKE.TG today! SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL! ETL vs ELT The movement of data from different sources to data warehouse and the related transformation is done through an extract-transform-load or an extract-load-transform workflow. Whether to choose ETL vs ELT is an important decision in the data warehouse design. In an ETL flow, the data is transformed before loading and the expectation is that no further transformation is needed for reporting and analyzing. ETL has been the de facto standard traditionally until the cloud-based database services with high-speed processing capability came in. This meant, the data warehouse need not have completely transformed data and data could be transformed later when the need comes. This way of data warehousing has the below advantages. The transformation logic need not be known while designing the data flow structure. Only the data that is required needs to be transformed, as opposed to the ETL flow where all data is transformed before being loaded to the data warehouse. ELT is a better way to handle unstructured data since what to do with the data is not usually known beforehand in case of unstructured data. As a best practice, the decision of whether to use ETL or ELT needs to be done before the data warehouse is selected. An ELT system needs a data warehouse with a very high processing ability. Download the Cheatsheet on Optimizing Data Warehouse Performance Learn the Best Practices for Data Warehouse Performance Architecture Consideration Designing a high-performance data warehouse architecture is a tough job and there are so many factors that need to be considered. Given below are some of the best practices. Deciding the data model as easily as possible – Ideally, the data model should be decided during the design phase itself. The first ETL job should be written only after finalizing this. At this day and age, it is better to use architectures that are based on massively parallel processing. Using a single instance-based data warehousing system will prove difficult to scale. Even if the use case currently does not need massive processing abilities, it makes sense to do this since you could end up stuck in a non-scalable system in the future. If the use case includes a real-time component, it is better to use the industry-standard lambda architecture where there is a separate real-time layer augmented by a batch layer. ELT is preferred when compared to ETL in modern architectures unless there is a complete understanding of the complete ETL job specification and there is no possibility of new kinds of data coming into the system. Build a Source Agnostic Integration Layer The primary purpose of the integration layers is to extract information from multiple sources. By building a Source Agnostic integration layer you can ensure better business reporting. So, unless the company has a personalized application developed with a business-aligned data model on the back end, opting for a third-party source to align defeats the purpose. Integration needs to align with the business model. ETL Tool Considerations Once the choice of data warehouse and the ETL vs ELT decision is made, the next big decision is about the ETL tool which will actually execute the data mapping jobs. An ETL tool takes care of the execution and scheduling of all the mapping jobs. The business and transformation logic can be specified either in terms of SQL or custom domain-specific languages designed as part of the tool. The alternatives available for ETL tools are as follows Completely custom-built tools – This means the organization exploits open source frameworks and languages to implement a custom ETL framework which will execute jobs according to the configuration and business logic provided. This is an expensive option but has the advantage that the tool can be built to have the best interfacing ability with the internal data sources. Completely managed ETL services – Data warehouse providers like AWS and Microsoft offer ETL tools as well as a service. An example is the AWS glue or AWS data pipeline. Such services relieve the customer of the design, development and maintenance activities and allow them to focus only on the business logic. A limitation is that these tools may have limited abilities to interface with internal data sources that are custom ones or not commonly used. Fully Managed Data Integration Platform like LIKE.TG : LIKE.TG Data’s code-free platform can help you move from 100s of different data sources into any warehouse in mins. LIKE.TG automatically takes care of handling everything from Schema changes to data flow errors, making data integration a zero maintenance affair for users. You can explore a 14-day free trial with LIKE.TG and experience a hassle-free data load to your warehouse. Identify Why You Need a Data Warehouse Organizations usually fail to implement a Data Lake because they haven’t established a clear business use case for it. Organizations that begin by identifying a business problem for their data, can stay focused on finding a solution. Here are a few primary reasons why you might need a Data Warehouse: Improving Decision Making: Generally, organizations make decisions without analyzing and obtaining the complete picture from their data as opposed to successful businesses that develop data-driven strategies and plans. Data Warehousing improves the efficiency and speed of data access, allowing business leaders to make data-driven strategies and have a clear edge over the competition. Standardizing Your Data: Data Warehouses store data in a standard format making it easier for business leaders to analyze it and extract actionable insights from it. Standardizing the data collated from various disparate sources reduces the risk of errors and improves the overall accuracy. Reducing Costs: Data Warehouses let decision-makers dive deeper into historical data and ascertain the success of past initiatives. They can take a look at how they need to change their approach to minimize costs, drive growth, and increase operational efficiencies. Have an Agile Approach Instead of a Big Bang Approach Among the Data Warehouse Best Practices, having an agile approach to Data Warehousing as opposed to a Big Bang Approach is one of the most pivotal ones. Based on the complexity, it can take anywhere between a few months to several years to build a Modern Data Warehouse. During the implementation, the business cannot realize any value from their investment. The requirements also evolve with time and sometimes differ significantly from the initial set of requirements. This is why a Big Bang approach to Data Warehousing has a higher risk of failure because businesses put the project on hold. Plus, you cannot personalize the Big Bang approach to a specific vertical, industry, or company. By following an agile approach you allow the Data Warehouse to evolve with the business requirements and focus on current business problems. this model is an iterative process in which modern data warehouses are developed in multiple sprints while including the business user throughout the process for continuous feedback. Have a Data Flow Diagram By having a Data Flow Diagram in place, you have a complete overview of where all the business’ data repositories are and how the data travels within the organization in a diagrammatic format. This also allows your employees to agree on the best steps moving forward because you can’t get to where you want to be if you have do not have an inkling about where you are. Define a Change Data Capture (CDC) Policy for Real-Time Data By defining the CDC policy you can capture any changes that are made in a database, and ensure that these changes get replicated in the Data Warehouse. The changes are captured, tracked, and stored in relational tables known as change tables. These change tables provide a view of historical data that has been changed over time. CDC is a highly effective mechanism for minimizing the impact on the source when loading new data into your Data Warehouse. It also does away with the need for bulk load updating along with inconvenient batch windows. You can also use CDC to populate real-time analytics dashboards, and optimize your data migrations. Consider Adopting an Agile Data Warehouse Methodology Data Warehouses don’t have to be monolithic, huge, multi-quarter/yearly efforts anymore. With proper planning aligning to a single integration layer, Data Warehouse projects can be dissected into smaller and faster deliverable pieces that return value that much more quickly. By adopting an agile Data Warehouse methodology, you can also prioritize the Data Warehouse as the business changes. Use Tools instead of Building Custom ETL Solutions With the recent developments of Data Analysis, there are enough 3rd party SaaS tools (hosted solutions) for a very small fee that can effectively replace the need for coding and eliminate a lot of future headaches. For instance, Loading and Extracting tools are so good these days that you can have the pick of the litter for free all the way to tens of thousands of dollars a month. You can quite easily find a solution that is tailored to your budget constraints, support expectations, and performance needs. However, there are various legitimate fears in choosing the right tool, since there are so many SaaS solutions with clever marketing teams behind them. Other Data Warehouse Best Practices Other than the major decisions listed above, there is a multitude of other factors that decide the success of a data warehouse implementation. Some of the more critical ones are as follows. Metadata management – Documenting the metadata related to all the source tables, staging tables, and derived tables are very critical in deriving actionable insights from your data. It is possible to design the ETL tool such that even the data lineage is captured. Some of the widely popular ETL tools also do a good job of tracking data lineage. Logging – Logging is another aspect that is often overlooked. Having a centralized repository where logs can be visualized and analyzed can go a long way in fast debugging and creating a robust ETL process. Joining data – Most ETL tools have the ability to join data in extraction and transformation phases. It is worthwhile to take a long hard look at whether you want to perform expensive joins in your ETL tool or let the database handle that. In most cases, databases are better optimized to handle joins. Keeping the transaction database separate – The transaction database needs to be kept separate from the extract jobs and it is always best to execute these on a staging or a replica table such that the performance of the primary operational database is unaffected. Monitoring/alerts – Monitoring the health of the ETL/ELT process and having alerts configured is important in ensuring reliability. Point of time recovery – Even with the best of monitoring, logging, and fault tolerance, these complex systems do go wrong. Having the ability to recover the system to previous states should also be considered during the data warehouse process design. Conclusion The above sections detail the best practices in terms of the three most important factors that affect the success of a warehousing process – The data sources, the ETL tool and the actual data warehouse that will be used.This includes Data Warehouse Considerations, ETL considerations, Change Data Capture, adopting an Agile methodology, etc. Are there any other factors that you want us to touch upon? Let us know in the comments! Extracting complex data from a diverse set of data sources to carry out an insightful analysis can be challenging, and this is where LIKE.TG saves the day! LIKE.TG offers a faster way to move data from Databases or SaaS applications into your Data Warehouse to be visualized in a BI tool. LIKE.TG is fully automated and hence does not require you to code. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO EXPLORE LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin?SIGN UP and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. You can also have a look at the unbeatable pricing that will help you choose the right plan for your business needs.
 Moving Data from MongoDB to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
Moving Data from MongoDB to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
MongoDB is a NoSQL database that stores objects in a JSON-like structure. Because it treats objects as documents, it is usually classified as document-oriented storage. Schemaless databases like MongoDB offer unique versatility because they can store semi-structured data. MySQL, on the other hand, is a structured database with a hard schema. It is a usual practice to use NoSQL databases for use cases where the number of fields will evolve as the development progresses. When the use case matures, organizations will notice the overhead introduced by their NoSQL schema. They will want to migrate the data to hard-structured databases with comprehensive querying ability and predictable query performance. In this article, you will first learn the basics about MongoDB and MySQL and how to easily set up MongoDB to MySQL Integration using the two methods. What is MongoDB? MongoDB is a popular open-source, non-relational, document-oriented database. Instead of storing data in tables like traditional relational databases, MongoDB stores data in flexible JSON-like documents with dynamic schemas, making it easy to store unstructured or semi-structured data. Some key features of MongoDB include: Document-oriented storage: More flexible and capable of handling unstructured data than relational databases. Documents map nicely to programming language data structures. High performance: Outperforms relational databases in many scenarios due to flexible schemas and indexing. Handles big data workloads with horizontal scalability. High availability: Supports replication and automated failover for high availability. Scalability: Scales horizontally using sharding, allowing the distribution of huge datasets and transaction load across commodity servers. Elastic scalability for handling variable workloads. What is MySQL? MySQL is a widely used open-source Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) developed by Oracle. It employs structured query language (SQL) and stores data in tables with defined rows and columns, making it a robust choice for applications requiring data integrity, consistency, and reliability. Some major features that have contributed to MySQL’s popularity over competing database options are: Full support for ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability) transactions, guaranteeing accuracy of database operations and resilience to system failures – vital for use in financial and banking systems. Implementation of industry-standard SQL for manipulating data, allowing easy querying, updating, and administration of database contents in a standardized way. Database replication capability enables MySQL databases to be copied and distributed across servers. This facilitates scalability, load balancing, high availability, and fault tolerance in mission-critical production environments. Load Your Data from Google Ads to MySQLGet a DemoTry itLoad Your Data from Salesforce to MySQLGet a DemoTry itLoad Your Data from MongoDB to MySQLGet a DemoTry it Methods to Set Up MongoDB to MySQL Integration There are many ways of loading data from MongoDB to MySQL. In this article, you will be looking into two popular ways. In the end, you will understand each of these two methods well. This will help you to make the right decision based on your use case: Method 1: Manual ETL Process to Set Up MongoDB to MySQL Integration Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up MongoDB to MySQL Integration Prerequisites MongoDB Connection Details MySQL Connection Details Mongoexport Tool Basic understanding of MongoDB command-line tools Ability to write SQL statements Method 1: Using CSV File Export/Import to Convert MongoDB to MySQL MongoDB and MySQL are incredibly different databases with different schema strategies. This means there are many things to consider before moving your data from a Mongo collection to MySQL. The simplest of the migration will contain the few steps below. Step 1: Extract data from MongoDB in a CSV file format Use the default mongoexport tool to create a CSV from the collection. mongoexport --host localhost --db classdb --collection student --type=csv --out students.csv --fields first_name,middle_name,last_name, class,email In the above command, classdb is the database name, the student is the collection name and students.csv is the target CSV file containing data from MongoDB. An important point here is the –field attribute. This attribute should have all the lists of fields that you plan to export from the collection. If you consider it, MongoDB follows a schema-less strategy, and there is no way to ensure that all the fields are present in all the documents. If MongoDB were being used for its intended purpose, there is a big chance that not all documents in the same collection have all the attributes. Hence, while doing this export, you should ensure these fields are in all the documents. If they are not, MongoDB will not throw an error but will populate an empty value in their place. Step 2: Create a student table in MySQL to accept the new data. Use the Create table command to create a new table in MySQL. Follow the code given below. CREATE TABLE students ( id INT(6) UNSIGNED AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, firstname VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, middlename VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, lastname VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, class VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, email VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, ) Step 3: Load the data into MySQL Load the data into the MySQL table using the below command. LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE 'students.csv' INTO TABLE students FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' ENCLOSED BY '"' LINES TERMINATED BY 'n' (firstname,middlename,lastname,class,email) You have the data from MongoDB loaded into MySQL now. Another alternative to this process would be to exploit MySQL’s document storage capability. MongoDB documents can be directly loaded as a MySQL collection rather than a MySQL table. The caveat is that you cannot use the true power of MySQL’s structured data storage. In most cases, that is why you moved the data to MySQL in the first place. However, the above steps only work for a limited set of use cases and do not reflect the true challenges in migrating a collection from MongoDB to MySQL. Let us look into them in the next section. Limitations of Using the CSV Export/Import Method | Manual setting up Data Structure Difference: MongoDB has a schema-less structure, while MySQL has a fixed schema. This can create an issue when loading data from MongoDB to MySQL, and transformations will be required. Time-Consuming: Extracting data from MongoDB manually and creating a MySQL schema is time-consuming, especially for large datasets requiring modification to fit the new structure. This becomes even more challenging because applications must run with little downtime during such transfers. Initial setup is complex: The initial setup for data transfer between MongoDB and MySQL demands a deep understanding of both databases. Configuring the ETL tools can be particularly complex for those with limited technical knowledge, increasing the potential for errors. A solution to all these complexities will be to use a third-party cloud-based ETL tool like LIKE.TG .LIKE.TG can mask all the above concerns and provide an elegant migration process for your MongoDB collections. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up MongoDB to MySQL Integration The steps to load data from MongoDB to MySQL using LIKE.TG Data are as follows: Step 1: Configure MongoDB as your Source ClickPIPELINESin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin thePipelines List View. In theSelect Source Typepage, selectMongoDBas your source. Specify MongoDB Connection Settings as following: Step 2: Select MySQL as your Destination ClickDESTINATIONSin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin theDestinations List View. In theAdd Destination page, selectMySQL. In theConfigure yourMySQLDestinationpage, specify the following: LIKE.TG automatically flattens all the nested JSON data coming from MongoDB and automatically maps it to MySQL destination without any manual effort.For more information on integrating MongoDB to MySQL, refer to LIKE.TG documentation. Here are more reasons to try LIKE.TG to migrate from MongoDB to MySQL: Use Cases of MongoDB to MySQL Migration Structurization of Data: When you migrate MongoDB to MySQL, it provides a framework to store data in a structured manner that can be retrieved, deleted, or updated as required. To Handle Large Volumes of Data: MySQL’s structured schema can be useful over MongoDB’s document-based approach for dealing with large volumes of data, such as e-commerce product catalogs. This can be achieved if we convert MongoDB to MySQL. MongoDB compatibility with MySQL Although both MongoDB and MySQL are databases, you cannot replace one with the other. A migration plan is required if you want to switch databases. These are a few of the most significant variations between the databases. Querying language MongoDB has a different approach to data querying than MySQL, which uses SQL for the majority of its queries. You may use aggregation pipelines to do sophisticated searches and data processing using the MongoDB Query API. It will be necessary to modify the code in your application to utilize this new language. Data structures The idea that MongoDB does not enable relationships across data is a bit of a fiction. Nevertheless, you may wish to investigate other data structures to utilize all of MongoDB’s capabilities fully. Rather than depending on costly JOINs, you may embed documents directly into other documents in MongoDB. This kind of modification results in significantly quicker data querying, less hardware resource usage, and data returned in a format that is familiar to software developers. Additional Resources for MongoDB Integrations and Migrations Connect MongoDB to Snowflake Connect MongoDB to Tableau Sync Data from MongoDB to PostgreSQL Move Data from MongoDB to Redshift Replicate Data from MongoDB to Databricks Conclusion This article gives detailed information on migrating data from MongoDB to MySQL. It can be concluded that LIKE.TG seamlessly integrates with MongoDB and MySQL, ensuring that you see no delay in setup and implementation. Businesses can use automated platforms likeLIKE.TG Data to export MongoDB to MySQL and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from a source of your choice to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code. So, to enjoy this hassle-free experience, sign up for our 14-day free trial and make your data transfer easy! FAQ on MongoDB to MySQL Can I migrate from MongoDB to MySQL? Yes, you can migrate your data from MongoDB to MySQL using ETL tools like LIKE.TG Data. Can MongoDB connect to MySQL? Yes, you can connect MongoDB to MySQL using manual methods or automated data pipeline platforms. How to transfer data from MongoDB to SQL? To transfer data from MongoDB to MySQL, you can use automated pipeline platforms like LIKE.TG Data, which transfers data from source to destination in three easy steps:Configure your MongoDB Source.Select the objects you want to transfer.Configure your Destination, i.e., MySQL. Is MongoDB better than MySQL? It depends on your use case. MongoDB works better for unstructured data, has a flexible schema design, and is very scalable. Meanwhile, developers prefer MySQL for structured data, complex queries, and transactional integrity. Share your experience of loading data from MongoDB to MySQL in the comment section below.
 Google Sheets to Snowflake: 2 Easy Methods
Google Sheets to Snowflake: 2 Easy Methods
Is your data in Google Sheets becoming too large for on-demand analytics? Are you struggling to combine data from multiple Google Sheets into a single source of truth for reports and analytics? If that’s the case, then your business may be ready for a move to a mature data platform like Snowflake. This post covers two approaches for migrating your data from Google Sheets to Snowflake. Snowflake Google Sheets integration facilitates data accessibility and collaboration by allowing information to be transferred and analyzed across the two platforms with ease. The following are the methods you can use to connect Google Sheets to Snowflake in a seamless fashion: Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect Google Sheets to Snowflake LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code data pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. Withintegration with 150+ Data Sources(40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial! LIKE.TG provides an easy-to-use data integration platform that works by building an automated pipeline in just two interactive steps: Step 1: Configure Google Sheets as a source, by entering the Pipeline Name and the spreadsheet you wish to replicate. Perform the following steps to configure Google Sheets as a Source in your Pipeline: Click PIPELINES in the Navigation Bar. Click + CREATE in the Pipelines List View. In the Select Source Type page, select Google Sheets. In the Configure your Google Sheets account page, to select the authentication method for connecting to Google Sheets, do one of the following: To connect with a User Account, do one of the following: Select a previously configured account and click CONTINUE. Click + ADD GOOGLE SHEETS ACCOUNT and perform the following steps to configure an account: Select the Google account associated with your Google Sheets data. Click Allow to authorize LIKE.TG to access the data. To connect with a Service Account, do one of the following: Select a previously configured account and click CONTINUE. Click the attach icon () to upload the Service Account Key and click CONFIGURE GOOGLE SHEETS ACCOUNT.Note: LIKE.TG supports only JSON format for the key file. In the Configure your Google Sheets Source page, specify the Pipeline Name, Sheets, Custom Header Row. Click TEST CONTINUE. Proceed to configuring the data ingestion and setting up the Destination. Step 2: Create and Configure your Snowflake Warehouse LIKE.TG provides you with a ready-to-use script to configure the Snowflake warehouse you intend to use as the Destination. Follow these steps to run the script: Log in to your Snowflake account. In the top right corner of the Worksheets tab, click the + icon to create a new worksheet. Paste the script in the worksheet. The script creates a new role for LIKE.TG in your Snowflake Destination. Keeping your privacy in mind, the script grants only the bare minimum permissions required by LIKE.TG to load the data in your Destination. Replace the sample values provided in lines 2-7 of the script with your own to create your warehouse. These are the credentials that you will be using to connect your warehouse to LIKE.TG . You can specify a new warehouse, role, and or database name to create these now or use pre-existing ones to load data into. Press CMD + A (Mac) or CTRL + A (Windows) inside the worksheet area to select the script. Press CMD+return (Mac) or CTRL + Enter (Windows) to run the script. Once the script runs successfully, you can use the credentials from lines 2-7 of the script to connect your Snowflake warehouse to LIKE.TG . Step 3: Complete Google Sheets to Snowflake migration by providing your destination name, account name, region of your account, database username and password, database and schema name, and the Data Warehouse name. And LIKE.TG automatically takes care of the rest. It’s just that simple.You are now ready to start migrating data from Google Sheets to Snowflake in a hassle-free manner! You can also integrate data from numerous other free data sources like Google Sheets, Zendesk, etc. to the desired destination of your choice such as Snowflake in a jiff. LIKE.TG is also much faster, thanks to its highly optimized features and architecture. Some of the additional features you can also enjoy with LIKE.TG are: Transformations– LIKE.TG provides preload transformations through Python code. It also allows you to run transformation code for each event in the pipelines you set up. You need to edit the event object’s properties received in the transform method as a parameter to carry out the transformation. LIKE.TG also offers drag-and-drop transformations like Date and Control Functions, JSON, and Event Manipulation to name a few. These can be configured and tested before putting them to use. Monitoring and Data Management – LIKE.TG automatically manages your data loads and ensures you always have up-to-date and accurate data in Snowflake. Automatic Change Data Capture – LIKE.TG performs incremental data loads automatically through a number of in-built Change Data Capture mechanisms. This means, as and when data on Google Sheets changes, they are loaded onto Snowflake in real time. It just took us 2 weeks to completely transform from spreadsheets to a modern data stack. Thanks to LIKE.TG that helped us make this transition so smooth and quick. Now all the stakeholders of our management, sales, and marketing team can easily build and access their reports in just a few clicks. – Matthew Larner, Managing Director, ClickSend Method 2: Using Migration Scripts to Connect Google Sheets to Snowflake To migrate your data from Google Sheets to Snowflake, you may opt for a custom-built data migration script to get the job done.We will demonstrate this process in the next paragraphs. To proceed, you will need the following requirements. Step 1: Setting Up Google Sheets API Access for Google Sheets As a first step, you would need to set up Google Sheets API access for the affected Google Sheets. Start by doing the following: 1. Log in to the Google account that owns the Google Sheets 2. Point your browser to the Google Developer Console (copy and paste the following in your browser: console.developers.google.com) 3. After the console loads create a project by clicking the “Projects” dropdown and then clicking “New Project“ 4. Give your project a name and click “Create“ 5. After that, click “Enable APIs and Services“ 6. Search for “Google Sheets API” in the search bar that appears and select it 7. Click “Enable” to enable the Google Sheets API 8. Click on the “Credentials” option on the left navbar in the view that appears, then click “Create Credentials“, and finally select “Service Account“ 9. Provide a name for your service account. You will notice it generates an email format for the Service Account ID. In my example in the screenshot below, it is “[email protected]”. Take note of this value. The token “migrate-268012” is the name of the project I created while “gsheets-migration” is the name of my service account. In your case, these would be your own supplied values. 10. Click “Create” and fill out the remaining optional fields. Then click “Continue“ 11. In the view that appears, click “Create Key“, select the “JSON” option and click “Create” to download your key file (credentials). Please store it in a safe place. We will use this later when setting up our migration environment. 12. Finally, click “Done“. At this point, all that remains for the Google Sheets setup is the sharing of all the Google Sheets you wish to migrate with the email-format Service Account ID mentioned in step 9 above. Note: You can copy your Service Account ID from the “client-email” field of the credential file you downloaded. For this demonstration, I will be migrating a sheet called “data-uplink-logs” shown in the screenshot below. I will now share it with my Service Account ID:Click “Share” on the Google sheet, paste in your Service Account ID, and click “Send“. Repeat this process for all sheets you want to migrate. Ignore any “mail delivery subsystem failure” notifications you receive while sharing the sheets, as your Service Account ID is not designed to operate as a normal email address. Step 2: Configuring Target Database in Snowflake We’re now ready to get started on the Snowflake side of the configuration process, which is simpler. To begin, create a Snowflake account. Creating an account furnishes you with all the credentials you will need to access Snowflake from your migration script. Specifically: After creating your account, you will be redirected to your Cloud Console which will open up in your browser During the account creation process, you would have specified your chosen username and password. You would have also selected your preferred AWS region, which will be part of your account. Your Snowflake account is of the form <Your Account ID>.<AWS Region> and your Snowflake cloud console URL will be of the form https://<Your Account ID>.<AWS Region>.snowflakecomputing.com/ Prepare and store a JSON file with these credentials. It will have the following layout: { "user": "<Your Username>", "account": "<Your Account ID>.<AWS Region>", "password": "<Your Password>" } After storing the JSON file, take some time to create your target environment on Snowflake using the intuitive User Interface. You are initially assigned a Data Warehouse called COMPUTE_WH so you can go ahead and create a Database and tables in it. After providing a valid name for your database and clicking “Finish“, click the “Grant Privileges” button which will show the form in the screenshot below. Select the “Modify” privilege and assign it to your schema name (which is “PUBLIC” by default). Click “Grant“. Click “Cancel” if necessary, after that, to return the main view. The next step is to add a table to your newly created database. You do this by clicking the database name on the left display and then clicking on the “Create Table” button. This will pop up the form below for you to design your table: After designing your table, click “Finish” and then click on your table name to verify that your table was created as desired: Finally, open up a Worksheet pane, which will allow you to run queries on your table. Do this by clicking on the “Worksheets” icon, and then clicking on the “+” tab. You can now select your database from the left pane to start running queries. We will run queries from this view to verify that our data migration process is correctly writing our data from the Google sheet to this table. We are now ready to move on to the next step. Step 3: Preparing a Migration Environment on Linux Server In this step, we will configure a migration environment on our Linux server. SSH into your Linux instance. I am using a remote AWS EC2 instance running Ubuntu, so my SSH command is of the form ssh -i <keyfile>.pem ubuntu@<server_public_IP> Once in your instance, run sudo apt-get update to update the environment Next, create a folder for the migration project and enter it sudo mkdir migration-test; cd migration-test It’s now time to clone the migration script we created for this post: sudo git clone https://github.com/cmdimkpa/Google-Sheets-to-Snowflake-Data-Migration.git Enter the project directory and view contents with the command: cd Google-Sheets-to-Snowflake-Data-Migration; ls This reveals the following files: googlesheets.json: copy your saved Google Sheets API credentials into this file. snowflake.json: likewise, copy your saved Snowflake credentials into this file. migrate.py: this is the migration script. Using the Migration Script Before using the migration script (a Python script), we must ensure the required libraries for both Google Sheets and Snowflake are available in the migration environment. Python itself should already be installed – this is usually the case for Linux servers, but check and ensure it is installed before proceeding. To install the required packages, run the following commands: sudo apt-get install -y libssl-dev libffi-dev pip install --upgrade snowflake-connector-python pip install gspread oauth2client PyOpenSSL At this point, we are ready to run the migration script. The required command is of the form: sudo python migrate.py <Source Google Sheet Name> <Comma-separated list of columns in the Google Sheet to Copy> <Number of rows to copy each run> <Snowflake target Data Warehouse> <Snowflake target Database> <Snowflake target Table> <Snowflake target table Schema> <Comma-separated list of Snowflake target table fields> <Snowflake account role> For our example process, the command becomes: sudo python migrate.py data-uplink-logs A,B,C,D 24 COMPUTE_WH TEST_GSHEETS_MIGRATION GSHEETS_MIGRATION PUBLIC CLIENT_ID,NETWORK_TYPE,BYTES,UNIX_TIMESTAMP SYSADMIN To migrate 24 rows of incremental data (each run) from our test Google Sheet data-uplink-logs to our target Snowflake environment, we simply run the command above. The following is a screenshot of what follows: The reason we migrate only 24 rows at a time is to beat the rate limit for the free tier of the Google Sheets API. Depending on your plan, you may not have this restriction. Step 4: Testing the Migration Process To test that the migration ran successfully, we simply go to our Snowflake Worksheet which we opened earlier, and run the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM TEST_GSHEETS_MIGRATION.PUBLIC.GSHEETS_MIGRATION Indeed, the data is there. So the data migration effort was successful. Step 5: Run CRON Jobs As a final step, run cron jobs as required to have the migrations occur on a schedule. We cannot cover the creation of cron jobs here, as it is beyond the scope of this post. This concludes the first approach! I hope you were as excited reading that as I was, writing it. It’s been an interesting journey, now let’s review the drawbacks of this approach. Limitations of using Migration Scripts to Connect Google Sheets to Snowflake The migration script approach to connect google sheets to Snowflake works well, but has the following drawbacks: This approach would need to pull out a few engineers to set up and test this infrastructure. Once built, you would also need to have a dedicated engineering team that can constantly monitor the infra and provide immediate support if and when something breaks. Aside from the setup process which can be intricate depending on experience, this approach creates new requirements such as: The need to monitor the logs and ensure the uptime of the migration processes. Fine-tuning of the cron jobs to ensure optimal data transmission with respect to the data inflow rates of the different Google sheets, any Google Sheet API rate limits, and the latency requirements of the reporting or analytics processes running on Snowflake or elsewhere. Download the Cheatsheet on How to Set Up ETL to Snowflake Learn the best practices and considerations for setting up high-performance ETL to Snowflake Method 3: Connect Google Sheets to Snowflake Using Python In this method, you will use Python to load data from Google Sheets to Snowflake. To do this, you will have to enable public access to your Google Sheets. You can do this by going to File>> Share >> Publish to web. After publishing to web, you will see a link in the format of https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/{your_google_sheets_id}/edit#gid=0 You would need to install certain libraries in order to read this data, transform it into a dataframe, and write to Snowflake. Snowflake.connector and Pyarrow are the other two, while Pandas is the first. Installing pandas may be done with pip install pandas. The command pip install snowflake-connector-python may also be used to install Snowflake connector. The command pip install pyarrow may be used to install Pyarrow. You may use the following code to read the data from your Google Sheets. import pandas as pd data=pd.read_csv(f'https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/{your_google_sheets_id}/pub?output=csv') In the code above, you will replace {your_google_sheets_id} with the id from your spreadsheet. You can preview the data by running the command data.head() You can also check out the number of columns and records by running data.shape Setting up Snowflake login credentials You will need to set up a data warehouse, database, schema, and table on your Snowflake account. Data loading in Snowflake You would need to utilize the Snowflake connection that was previously installed in Python in order to import the data into Snowflake. When you run write_to_snowflake(data), you will ingest all the data into your Snowflake data warehouse. Disadvantages Of Using ETL Scripts There are a variety of challenges and drawbacks when integrating data from sources like Google Sheets to Snowflake using ETL (Extract, Transform, Load) procedures, especially for businesses with little funding or experience. Price is the primary factor to be considered. Implementation and upkeep of the ETL technique can be expensive. It demands investments in personnel with the necessary skills to efficiently design, develop, and oversee these processes in addition to technology. Complexity is an additional problem. ETL processes may be intricate and challenging to configure properly. Companies without the necessary expertise may find it difficult to properly manage data conversions and interfaces. ETL processes can have limitations on scalability and flexibility. They might not be able to handle unstructured data well or provide real-time data streams, which makes them inappropriate. Conclusion This blog talks about the two different methods you can use to connect Google Sheets Snowflake integration in a seamless fashion: using migration scripts and with the help of a third-party tool, LIKE.TG . Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Extracting complex data from a diverse set of data sources can be a challenging task and this is where LIKE.TG saves the day! LIKE.TG offers a faster way to move data from Databases or SaaS applications such as MongoDB into your Data Warehouse like Snowflake to be visualized in a BI tool.LIKE.TG is fully automated and hence does not require you to code. As we have seen, LIKE.TG greatly simplifies the process of migrating data from your Google Sheets to Snowflake or indeed any other source and destination.Sign Up for your 14-day free trial and experience stress-free data migration today! You can also have a look at the unbeatableLIKE.TG Pricingthat will help you choose the right plan for your business needs.
 Apache Kafka to BigQuery: 3 Easy Methods
Apache Kafka to BigQuery: 3 Easy Methods
Various organizations rely on the open-source streaming platform Kafka to build real-time data applications and pipelines. These organizations are also looking to modernize their IT landscape and adopt BigQuery to meet their growing analytics needs.By establishing a connection from Kafka to BigQuery, these organizations can quickly activate and analyze data-derived insights as they happen, as opposed to waiting for a batch process to be completed. Methods to Set up Kafka to BigQuery Connection You can easily set up your Kafka to BigQuery connection using the following 2 methods. Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Move Data from Kafka to BigQuery LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code data pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. Withintegration with 150+ Data Sources(40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready with zero data loss. Sign up here for a 14-day free trial LIKE.TG takes care of all your data preprocessing needs required to set up Kafka to BigQuery Integration and lets you focus on key business activities. LIKE.TG provides aone-stop solutionfor all Kafka use cases and collects the data stored in their Topics Clusters. Moreover, Since Google BigQuery has built-in support for nested and repeated columns, LIKE.TG neither splits nor compresses theJSONdata. Here are the steps to move data from Kafka to BigQuery using LIKE.TG : Authenticate Kafka Source: Configure Kafka as the source for your LIKE.TG Pipeline by specifying Broker and Topic Names. Check out our documentation to know more about the connector Configure BigQuery Destination: Configure the Google BigQuery Data Warehouse account, where the data needs to be streamed, as your destination for the LIKE.TG Pipeline. Read more on our BigQuery connector here. With continuous Real-Time data movement, LIKE.TG allows you to combine Kafka data along with your other data sources and seamlessly load it to BigQuery with a no-code, easy-to-setup interface. LIKE.TG Data also offers live support, and easy transformations, and has been built to keep up with your needs as your operation scales up. Try our 14-day full-feature access free trial! Key features of LIKE.TG are: Data Transformation:It provides a simple interface to perfect, modify, and enrich the data you want to transfer. Schema Management:LIKE.TG can automatically detect the schema of the incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 2: Using Custom Code to Move Data from Kafka to BigQuery The steps to build a custom-coded data pipeline between Apache Kafka and BigQuery are divided into 2, namely: Step 1: Streaming Data from Kafka Step 2: Ingesting Data into BigQuery Step 1: Streaming Data from Kafka There are various methods and open-source tools which can be employed to stream data from Kafka. This blog covers the following methods: Streaming with Kafka Connect Streaming with Apache Beam Streaming with Kafka Connect Kafka Connect is an open-source component of Kafka. It is designed by Confluent to connect Kafka with external systems such as databases, key-value stores, file systems et al. It allows users to stream data from Kafka straight into BigQuery with sub-minute latency through its underlying framework. Kafka connect gives users the incentive of making use of existing connector implementations so you don’t need to draw up new connections when moving new data. Kafka Connect provides a ‘SINK’ connector that continuously consumes data from consumed Kafka topics and streams to external storage location in seconds. It also has a ‘SOURCE’ connector that ingests databases as a whole and streams table updates to Kafka topics. There is no inbuilt connector for Google BigQuery in Kafka Connect. Hence, you will need to use third-party tools such as Wepay. When making use of this tool, Google BigQuery tables can be auto-generated from the AVRO schema seamlessly. The connector also aids in dealing with schema updates. As Google BigQuery streaming is backward compatible, it enables users to easily add new fields with default values, and steaming will continue uninterrupted. Using Kafka Connect, the data can be streamed and ingested into Google BigQuery in real-time. This, in turn, gives users the advantage to carry out analytics on the fly. Limitations of Streaming with Kafka Connect In this method, data is partitioned only by the processing time. Streaming Data with Apache Beam Apache Beam is an open-source unified programming model that implements batch and stream data processing jobs that run on a single engine. The Apache Beam model helps abstract all the complexity of parallel data processing. This allows you to focus on what is required of your Job not how the Job gets executed. One of the major downsides of streaming with Kafka Connect is that it can only ingest data by the processing time which can lead to data arriving in the wrong partition. Apache Beam resolves this issue as it supports both batch and stream data processing. Apache Beam has a supported distributed processing backend called Cloud Data Flow that executes your code as a cloud job making it fully managed and auto-scaled. The number of workers is fully elastic as it changes according to your current workload and the cost of execution is altered concurrently. Limitations of Streaming Data with Apache Beam Apache Beam incurs an extra cost for running managed workers. Apache Beam is not a part of the Kafka ecosystem. LIKE.TG supportsboth Batch Load Streaming Load for the Kafka to BigQuery use case and providesa no-code, fully-managed minimal maintenancesolutionfor this use case. Step 2: Ingesting Data to BigQuery Before you start streaming in from Kafka to BigQuery, you need to check the following boxes: Make sure you have the Write access to the dataset that contains your destination table to prevent subsequent errors when streaming. Check the quota policy for streaming data on BigQuery to ensure you are not in violation of any of the policies. Ensure that billing is enabled for your GCP (Google Cloud Platform) account. This is because streaming is not available for the free tier of GCP, hence if you want to stream data into Google BigQuery you have to make use of the paid tier. Now, let us discuss the methods to ingest our streamed data from Kafka to BigQuery. The following approaches are covered in this post: Streaming with BigQuery API Batch Loading into Google Cloud Storage (GCS) Streaming with BigQuery API The Google BigQuery API is a data platform for users to manage, create, share and query data. It supports streaming data directly into Google BigQuery with a quota of up 100K rows per project. Real-time data streaming on Google BigQuery API costs $0.05 per GB. To make use of Google BigQuery API, it has to be enabled on your account. To enable the API: Ensure that you have a project created. In the GCP Console, click on the hamburger menu and select APIs and services and click on the dashboard. In the API and services window, select enable API and Services. A search query will pop up. Enter Google BigQuery. Two search results of Google BigQuery Data Transfer and Google BigQuery API will pop up. Select both of them and enable them. With Google BigQuery API enabled, the next step would be to move the data from Apache Kafka through a stream processing framework like Kafka streams into Google BigQuery. Kafka Streams is an open-source library for building scalable streaming applications on top of Apache Kafka. Kafka Streams allow users to execute their code as a regular Java application. The pipeline flows from an ingested Kafka topic and some filtered rows through streams from Kafka to BigQuery. It supports both processing time and event time partitioning models. Limitations of Streaming with BigQuery API Though streaming with the Google BigQuery API gives complete control over your records you have to design a robust system to enable it to scale successfully. You have to handle all streaming errors and downsides independently. Batch Loading Into Google Cloud Storage (GCS) To use this technique you could make use of Secor. Secor is a tool designed to deliver data from Apache Kafka into object storage systems such as GCS and Amazon S3. From GCS we then load the data into Google BigQuery using either a load job, manually via the BigQuery UI, or through Google BigQuery’s command line Software Development Kit (SDK). Limitations of Batch Loading in GCS Secor lacks support for AVRO input format, this forces you to always use a JSON-based input format. This is a two-step process that can lead to latency issues. This technique does not stream data in real-time. This becomes a blocker in real-time analysis for your business. This technique requires a lot of maintenance to keep up with new Kafka topics and fields. To update these changes you would need to put in the effort to manually update the schema in the Google BigQuery table. Method 3: Using the Kafka to BigQuery Connector to Move Data from Apache Kafka to BigQuery The Kafka BigQuery connector is handy to stream data into BigQuery tables. When streaming data from Apache Kafka topics with registered schemas, the sink connector creates BigQuery tables with appropriate BigQuery table schema, which is based on the Kafka scheme information for the topic. Here are some limitations associated with the Kafka Connect BigQuery Sink Connector: No support for schemas with floating fields with NaN or +Infinity values. No support for schemas with recursion. If you configure the connector with upsertEnabled or deleteEnabled, it doesn’t support Single Message Transformations modifying the topic name. Need for Kafka to BigQuery Migration While you can use the Kafka platform to build real-time data pipelines and applications, you can use BigQuery to modernize your IT landscape, while meeting your growing analytics needs. Connecting Kafka to BigQuery allows real-time data processing for analyzing and acting on data as it is generated. This enables you to obtain valuable insights and faster decision-making. Common use case for this is in the finance industry, where it is possible to identify fraudulent activities with real-time data processing. Yet another need for migrating Kafka to BigQuery is scalability. As both platforms are highly scalable, you can handle large data volumes without any performance issues. Scaling your data processing systems for growing data volumes can be done with ease since Kafka can handle millions of messages per second while BigQuery can handle petabytes of data. Another need for Kafka connect BigQuery is its cost-effectiveness factor. Kafka being an open-source platform won’t include any licensing costs; the pay-as-you-go pricing model of BigQuery means you only need to pay for the data processed. Integrating both platforms requires you to only pay for the data that is processed and analyzed, helping reduce overall costs. Conclusion This article provided you with a step-by-step guide on how you can set up Kafka to BigQuery connection using Custom Script or using LIKE.TG . However, there are certain limitations associated with the Custom Script method. You will need to implement it manually, which will consume your time resources and is error-prone. Moreover, you need working knowledge of the backend tools to successfully implement the in-house Data transfer mechanism. LIKE.TG Data provides an Automated No-code Data Pipeline that empowers you to overcome the above-mentioned limitations. LIKE.TG caters to 150+ data sources (including 40+ free sources) and can seamlessly transfer your data from Kafka to BigQuery within minutes. LIKE.TG ’s Data Pipeline enriches your data and manages the transfer process in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code. It will make your life easier and make data migration hassle-free. Learn more about LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Signup for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand. Share your understanding of the Kafka to BigQuery Connection in the comments below!
 Connect Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery in 2 Easy Methods
Connect Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery in 2 Easy Methods
var source_destination_email_banner = 'true'; Are you looking to perform a detailed analysis of your data without having to disturb the production setup on SQL Server? In that case, moving data from SQL Server to a robust data warehouse like Google BigQuery is the right direction to take. This article aims to guide you with steps to move data from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery, shed light on the common challenges, and assist you in navigating through them. You will explore two popular methods that you can utilize to set up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery migration. Methods to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration Majorly, there are two ways to migrate your data from Microsoft SQL to BigQuery. Methods to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration Method 1: Manual ETL Process to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration This method involves the use of SQL Server Management Studio (SMSS) for setting up the integrations. Moreover, it requires you to convert the data into CSV format and then replicate the data. It requires a lot of engineering bandwidth and knowledge of SQL queries. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration Integrate your data effortlessly from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery in just two easy steps using LIKE.TG Data. We take care of your data while you focus on more important things to boost your business. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration LIKE.TG is a no-code fully managed data pipeline platform that completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Sign up here for a 14-Day Free Trial! The steps to load data from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery using LIKE.TG Data are as follows: Connect your Microsoft SQL Server account to LIKE.TG ’s platform. LIKE.TG has an in-built Microsoft SQL Server Integration that connects to your account within minutes. Click here to read more about using SQL Server as a Source connector with LIKE.TG . Select Google BigQuery as your destination and start moving your data. Click here to read more about using BigQuery as a destination connector with LIKE.TG . With this, you have successfully set up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration using LIKE.TG Data. Here are more reasons to try LIKE.TG : Data Transformation: It provides a simple interface to perfect, modify, and enrich the data you want to transfer. Schema Management: LIKE.TG can automatically detect the schema of the incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows you to migrate SQL Server to BigQuery data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Integrate you data seamlessly [email protected]"> No credit card required Method 2: Manual ETL Process to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration The steps to execute the custom code are as follows: Step 1: Export the Data from SQL Server using SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) Step 2: Upload to Google Cloud Storage Step 3: Upload to BigQuery from Google Cloud Storage (GCS) Step 4: Update the Target Table in BigQuery Step 1: Export the Data from SQL Server using SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) SQL Server Management Studio(SSMS) is a free tool built by Microsoft to enable a coordinated environment for managing any SQL infrastructure. SSMS is used to query, design, and manage your databases from your local machine. We are going to be using the SSMS to extract our data in Comma Separated Value(CSV) format in the steps below. Install SSMS if you don’t have it on your local machine. You can install it here. Open SSMS and connect to a Structured Query Language (SQL) instance. From the object explorer window, select a database and right-click on the Tasks sub-menu, and choose the Export data option. The welcome page of the Server Import and Export Wizard will be opened. Click the Next icon to proceed to export the required data. You will see a window to choose a data source. Select your preferred data source. In the Server name dropdown list, select a SQL Server instance. In the Authentication section select authentication for the data source connection. Next, from the Database drop-down box, select a database from which data will be copied. Once you have filled the drop-down list select ‘Next‘. The next window is the choose the destination window. You will need to specify the location from which the data will be copied in the SQL server. Under the destination, the drop-down box selects the Flat File destination item. In the File name box, establish the CSV file where the data from the SQL database will be exported to and select the next button. The next window you will see is the Specify Table Copy or Query window, choose the Copy data from one or more tables or views to get all the data from the table. Next, you’d see a Configure Flat File Destination window, select the table from the source table to export the data to the CSV file you specified earlier. At this point your file would have been exported, to view the exported file click on preview. To have a sneak peek of the data you just exported. Complete the exportation process by hitting ‘Next‘. The save and run package window will pop up, click on ‘Next‘. The Complete Wizard window will appear next, it will give you an overview of all the choices you made during the exporting process. To complete the exportation process, hit on ‘Finish‘. The exported CSV file will be found in Local Drive, where you specified for it to be exported. Step 2: Upload to Google Cloud Storage After completing the exporting process to your local machine, the next step in SQL Server to BigQuery is to transfer the CSV file to Google Cloud Storage(GCS). There are various ways of achieving this, but for the purpose of this blog post, let’s discuss the following methods. Method 1: Using Gsutil gsutil is a GCP tool that uses Python programming language. It gives you access to GCS from the command line. To initiate gsutil follow this quickstart link. gsutil provides a unique way to upload a file to GCS from your local machine. To create a bucket in which you copy your file to: gsutil mb gs://my-new-bucket The new bucket created is called “my-new-bucket“. Your bucket name must be globally unique. If successful the command returns: Creating gs://my-new-bucket/... To copy your file to GCS: gsutil cp export.csv gs://my-new-bucket/destination/export.csv In this command, “export.csv” refers to the file you want to copy. “gs://my-new-bucket” represents the GCS bucket you created earlier. Finally, “destination/export.csv” specifies the destination path and filename in the GCS bucket where the file will be copied to. Integrate from MS SQL Server to BigQueryGet a DemoTry itIntegrate from MS SQL Server to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry it Method 2: Using Web Console The web console is another alternative you can use to upload your CSV file to the GCS from your local machine. The steps to use the web console are outlined below. First, you will have to log in to your GCP account. Toggle on the hamburger menu which displays a drop-down menu. Select Storage and click on the Browser on the left tab. In order to store the file that you would upload from your local machine, create a new bucket. Make sure the name chosen for the browser is globally unique. The bucket you just created will appear on the window, click on it and select upload files. This action will direct you to your local drive where you will need to choose the CSV file you want to upload to GCS. As soon as you start uploading, a progress bar is shown. The bar disappears once the process has been completed. You will be able to find your file in the bucket. Step 3: Upload Data to BigQuery From GCS BigQuery is where the data analysis you need will be carried out. Hence you need to upload your data from GCS to BigQuery. There are various methods that you can use to upload your files from GCS to BigQuery. Let’s discuss 2 methods here: Method 1: Using the Web Console UI The first point of call when using the Web UI method is to select BigQuery under the hamburger menu on the GCP home page. Select the “Create a new dataset” icon and fill in the corresponding drop-down menu. Create a new table under the data set you just created to store your CSV file. In the create table page –> in the source data section: Select GCS to browse your bucket and select the CSV file you uploaded to GCS – Make sure your File Format is set to CSV. Fill in the destination tab and the destination table. Under schema, click on the auto-detect schema. Select create a table. After creating the table, click on the destination table name you created to view your exported data file. Using Command Line Interface, the Activate Cloud Shell icon shown below will take you to the command-line interface. You can also use the auto-detect feature to specify your schema. Your schema can be specified using the Command-Line. An example is shown below bq load --autodetect --source_format=CSV --schema=schema.json your_dataset.your_table gs://your_bucket/your_file.csv In the above example, schema.json refers to the file containing the schema definition for your CSV file. You can customize the schema by modifying the schema.json file to match the structure of your data. There are 3 ways to write to an existing table on BigQuery. You can make use of any of them to write to your table. Illustrations of the options are given below 1. Overwrite the data To overwrite the data in an existing table, you can use the --replace flag in the bq command. Here’s an example code: bq load --replace --source_format=CSV your_dataset.your_table gs://your_bucket/your_file.csv In the above code, the --replace flag ensures that the existing data in the table is replaced with the new data from the CSV file. 2. Append the table To append data to an existing table, you can use the --noreplace flag in the bq command. Here’s an example code: bq load --noreplace --source_format=CSV your_dataset.your_table gs://your_bucket/your_file.csv The --noreplace flag ensures that the new data from the CSV file is appended to the existing data in the table. 3. Add a new field to the target table. An extra field will be added to the schema. To add a new field (column) to the target table, you can use the bq update command and specify the schema changes. Here’s an example code: bq update your_dataset.your_table --schema schema.json In the above code, schema.json refers to the file containing the updated schema definition with the new field. You need to modify the schema.json file to include the new field and its corresponding data type. Please note that these examples assume you have the necessary permissions and have set up the required authentication for interacting with BigQuery. Step 4: Update the Target Table in BigQuery GCS acts as a staging area for BigQuery, so when you are using Command-Line to upload to BigQuery, your data will be stored in an intermediate table. The data in the intermediate table will need to be updated for the effect to be shown in the target table. There are two ways to update the target table in BigQuery. Update the rows in the final table and insert new rows from the intermediate table. UPDATE final_table t SET t.value = s.value FROM intermediate_data_table s WHERE t.id = s.id; INSERT INTO final_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM intermediate_data_table WHERE id NOT IN (SELECT id FROM final_table); In the above code, final_table refers to the name of your target table, and intermediate_data_table refers to the name of the intermediate table where your data is initially loaded. 2. Delete all the rows from the final table which are in the intermediate table. DELETE FROM final_table WHERE id IN (SELECT id FROM intermediate_data_table); In the above code, final_table refers to the name of your target table, and intermediate_data_table refers to the name of the intermediate table where your data is initially loaded. Please make sure to replace final_table and intermediate_data_table with the actual table names, you are working with. This marks the completion of SQL Server to BigQuery connection. Now you can seamlessly sync your CSV files into GCP bucket in order to integrate SQL Server to BigQuery and supercharge your analytics to get insights from your SQL Server database. Limitations of Manual ETL Process to Set Up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery Integration Businesses need to put systems in place that will enable them to gain the insights they need from their data. These systems have to be seamless and rapid. Using custom ETL scripts to connect MS SQL Server to BigQuery has the followinglimitations that will affect the reliability and speed of these systems: Writing custom code is only ideal if you’re looking to move your data once from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery. Custom ETL code does not scale well with stream and real-time data. You will have to write additional code to update your data. This is far from ideal. When there’s a need to transform or encrypt your data, custom ETL code fails as it will require you to add additional processes to your pipeline. Maintaining and managing a running data pipeline such as this will need you to invest heavily in engineering resources. BigQuery does not ensure data consistency for external data sources, as changes to the data may cause unexpected behavior while a query is running. The data set’s location must be in the same region or multi-region as the Cloud Storage Bucket. CSV files cannot contain nested or repetitive data since the format does not support it. When utilizing a CSV, including compressed and uncompressed files in the same load job is impossible. The maximum size of a gzip file for CSV is 4 GB. While writing code to move data from SQL Server to BigQuery looks like a no-brainer, in the beginning, the implementation and management are much more nuanced than that. The process has a high propensity for errors which will, in turn, have a huge impact on the data quality and consistency. Benefits of Migrating your Data from SQL Server to BigQuery Integrating data from SQL Server to BigQuery offers several advantages. Here are a few usage scenarios: Advanced Analytics: The BigQuery destination’s extensive data processing capabilities allow you to run complicated queries and data analyses on your SQL Server data, deriving insights that would not be feasible with SQL Server alone. Data Consolidation: If you’re using various sources in addition to SQL Server, synchronizing to a BigQuery destination allows you to centralize your data for a more complete picture of your operations, as well as set up a change data collection process to ensure that there are no discrepancies in your data again. Historical Data Analysis: SQL Server has limitations with historical data. Syncing data to the BigQuery destination enables long-term data retention and study of historical trends over time. Data Security and Compliance: The BigQuery destination includes sophisticated data security capabilities. Syncing SQL Server data to a BigQuery destination secures your data and enables comprehensive data governance and compliance management. Scalability: The BigQuery destination can manage massive amounts of data without compromising speed, making it a perfect solution for growing enterprises with expanding SQL Server data. Conclusion This article gave you a comprehensive guide to setting up Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery integration using 2 popular methods. It also gave you a brief overview of Microsoft SQL Server and Google BigQuery. There are also certain limitations associated with the custom ETL method to connect SQL server to Bigquery. With LIKE.TG , you can achieve simple and efficient Data Replication from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery. LIKE.TG can help you move data from not just SQL Server but 150s of additional data sources. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Businesses can use automated platforms likeLIKE.TG Data to set this integration and handle the ETL process. It helps you directly transfer data from a source of your choice to a Data Warehouse, Business Intelligence tools, or any other desired destination in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code and will provide you with a hassle-free experience of connecting your SQL Server to BigQuery instance. Want to try LIKE.TG ? Sign Up for a 14-day free trialand experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite first hand. Have a look at our unbeatableLIKE.TG Pricing, which will help you choose the right plan for you. Share your experience of loading data from Microsoft SQL Server to BigQuery in the comment section below.
 How to Load Google Sheets Data to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
How to Load Google Sheets Data to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
While Google Sheets provides some impressive features, the capabilities for more advanced Data Visualization and Querying make the transfer from Google Sheets to MySQL Database useful. Are you trying to move data from Google Sheets to MySQL to leverage the power of SQL for data analysis, or are you simply looking to back up data from Google Sheets? Whichever is the case, this blog can surely provide some help. The article will introduce you to 2 easy methods to move data from Google Sheets to MySQL in real-time. Read along to decide which method suits you the best! Introduction to Google Sheets Google Sheets is a free web-based spreadsheet program that Google provides. It allows users to create and edit spreadsheets, but more importantly, it allows multiple users to collaborate on a single document, seeing your collaborators ’ contributions in real-time simultaneously. It’s part of the Google suite of applications, a collection of free productivity apps owned and maintained by Google. Despite being free, Google Sheets is a fully functional spreadsheet program, with most of the capabilities and features of more expensive spreadsheet software. Google Sheets is compatible with the most popular spreadsheet formats so that you can continue your work. With Google Sheets, like all Google Drive programs, your files are accessible via computer and/or mobile devices. To learn more about Google Sheets. Introduction to MySQL MySQL is an open-source relational database management system or RDMS, and it is managed using Structured Query Language or SQL, hence its name. MySQL was originally developed and owned by Swedish company MySQL AB, but Sun Microsystems acquired MySQL AB in 2008. In turn, Sun Microsystems was then bought by Oracle two years later, making them the present owners of MySQL. MySQL is a very popular database program that is used in several equally popular systems such as the LAMP stack (Linux, Apache, MySQL, Perl/PHP/Python), Drupal, and WordPress, just to name a few, and is used by many of the largest and most popular websites, including Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, and Youtube. MySQL is also incredibly versatile as it works on various operating systems and system platforms, from Microsoft Windows to Apple MacOS. Move Google Sheets Data to MySQL Using These 2 Methods There are several ways that data can be migrated from Google Sheets to MySQL. A common method to import data from Google Sheets to MySQL is by using the Google Sheets API along with MySQL connectors. Out of them, these 2 methods are the most feasible: Method 1: Manually using the command line Method 2: Using LIKE.TG to Set Up Google Sheets to MySQL Integration Load Data from Google Sheets to MySQLGet a DemoTry itLoad Data from Google Ads to MySQLGet a DemoTry itLoad Data from Salesforce to MySQLGet a DemoTry it Method 1: Connecting Google Sheets to MySQL Manually Using the Command Line Moving data from Google Sheets to MySQL involves various steps. This example demonstrates how to connect to create a table for the product listing data in Google Sheets, assuming that the data should be in two columns: Id Name To do this migration, you can follow these steps: Step 1: Prepare your Google Sheets Data Firstly, you must ensure that the data in your Google Sheets is clean and formatted correctly. Then, to export your Google Sheets data, click on File > Download and choose a suitable format for MySQL import. CSV (Comma-separated values) is a common choice for this purpose. After this, your CSV file will get downloaded to your local machine. Step 2: Create a MySQL database and Table Login to your MySQL server using the command prompt. Create a database using the following command: CREATE DATABASE your_database_name; Use that Database by running the command: Use your_database_name; Now, create a table in your database using the following command: CREATE TABLE your_table_name ( column1_name column1_datatype, column2_name column2_datatype, …… ); Step 3: Upload your CSV data to MySQL Use the LOAD DATA INFILE command to import the CSV file. The command will look something like this: LOAD DATA INFILE '/path/to/your/file.csv' INTO TABLE your_table_name FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' LINES TERMINATED BY '\n' IGNORE 1 ROWS; Note: The file path should be the absolute path to where the CSV file is stored on the server. If you’re importing the file from your local machine to a remote server, you might need to use tools like PuTTY to download the pscp.exe file. Then, you can use that command to load your CSV file from your local machine to Ubuntu and then import that data to your MySQL database. After running the above command, your data will be migrated from Google Sheets to MySQL. To understand this better, have a look at an example: Step 6: Clean Up and Validate Review the data. Check for any anomalies or issues with the imported data. Run some queries to validate the imported data. Limitations and Challenges of Using the Command Line Method to Connect Google Sheets to MySQL Complex: It requires technical knowledge of SQL and command lines, so it could be difficult for people with no/less technical knowledge to implement. Error-prone: It provides limited feedback or error messages, making debugging challenging. Difficult to scale: Scaling command-line solutions for larger datasets or more frequent updates gets trickier and error-prone. Method 2:Connecting Google Sheets to MySQL Integration Using LIKE.TG . The abovementioned methods could be time-consuming and difficult to implement for people with little or no technical knowledge. LIKE.TG is a no-code data pipeline platform that can automate this process for you. You can transfer your Google Sheet data to MySQL using just two steps: Step 1: Configure the Source Log into your LIKE.TG Account Go to Pipelines and select the ‘create’ option. Select ‘Google Sheets’ as your source. Fill in all the required fields and click on Test Continue. Step 2: Configure the Destination Select MySQL as your destination. Fill out the required fields and click on Save Continue. With these extremely simple steps, you have created a data pipeline to migrate your data seamlessly from Google Sheets to MySQL. Advantages of Using LIKE.TG to Connect Google Sheets to MySQL Database The relative simplicity of using LIKE.TG as a data pipeline platform, coupled with its reliability and consistency, takes the difficulty out of data projects. You can also read our article about Google Sheets to Google Data Studio. It was great. All I had to do was do a one-time setup and the pipelines and models worked beautifully. Data was no more the bottleneck – Abhishek Gadela, Solutions Engineer, Curefit Why Connect Google Sheets to MySQL Database? Real-time Data Updates: By syncing Google Sheets with MySQL, you can keep your spreadsheets up to date without updating them manually. Centralized Data Management: In MySQL, large datasets are stored and managed centrally to facilitate a consistent view across the various Google Sheets. Historical Data Analysis: Google Sheets has limits on historical data. Syncing data to MySQL allows for long-term data retention and analysis of historical trends over time. Scalability: MySQL can handle enormous datasets efficiently, tolerating expansion and complicated data structures better than spreadsheets alone. Data Security: Control access rights and encryption mechanisms in MySQL to secure critical information Additional Resources on Google Sheets to MYSQL More on Google Script Connect To MYSQL Conclusion The blog provided a detailed explanation of 2 methods to set up your Google Sheets to MySQL integration. Although effective, the manual command line method is time-consuming and requires a lot of code. You can use LIKE.TG to import data from Google Sheets to MySQL and handle the ETL process. To learn more about how to import data from various sources to your desired destination, sign up for LIKE.TG ’s 14-day free trial. FAQ on Google Sheets to MySQL Can I connect Google Sheets to SQL? Yes, you can connect Google Sheets to SQL databases. How do I turn a Google Sheet into a database? 1. Use Google Apps script2. Third-party add-ons3. Use Formulas and Functions How do I sync MySQL to Google Sheets? 1. Use Google Apps script2. Third-party add-ons3. Google Cloud Functions and Google Cloud SQL Can Google Sheets pull data from a database? Yes, Google Sheets can pull data from a database. How do I import Google Sheets to MySQL? 1. Use Google Apps script2. Third-party add-ons2. CSV Export and Import Share your experience of connecting Google Sheets to MySQL in the comments section below!
 Shopify to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
Shopify to MySQL: 2 Easy Methods
var source_destination_email_banner = 'true'; Shopify is an eCommerce platform that enables businesses to sell their products in an online store without spending time and effort on developing the store software.Even though Shopify provides its suite of analytics reports, it is not always easy to combine Shopify data with the organization’s on-premise data and run analysis tasks. Therefore, most organizations must load Shopify data into their relational databases or data warehouses. In this post, we will discuss how to load from Shopify to MySQL, one of the most popular relational databases in use today. Understanding the Methods to connect Shopify to MySQL Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to connect Shopify to MySQL LIKE.TG enables seamless integration of your Shopify data to MySQL Server, ensuring comprehensive and unified data analysis. This simplifies combining and analyzing Shopify data alongside other organizational data for deeper insights. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 2: Using Custom ETL Code to connect Shopify to MySQL Connect Shopify to MySQL using custom ETL code. This method uses either Shopify’s Export option or REST APIs. The detailed steps are mentioned below. Method 1: Using LIKE.TG to connect Shopify to MySQL The best way to avoid the above limitations is to use afully managedData Pipeline platform asLIKE.TG works out of the box. It will automate your data flow in minutes without writing any line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture makes sure that your data is secure and consistent. LIKE.TG provides a truly efficient and fully automated solution to manage data in real-time and always has analysis-ready data atMySQL. With LIKE.TG ’s point-and-click interface, loading data from Shopify to MySQL comes down to 2 simple steps: Step 1: Connect and configure your Shopify data source by providing the Pipeline Name, Shop Name, and Admin API Password. Step 2: Input credentials to the MySQL destination where the data needs to be loaded. These include the Destination Name, Database Host, Database Port, Database User, Database Password, and Database Name. More reasons to love LIKE.TG : Wide Range of Connectors: Instantly connect and read data from 150+ sources, including SaaS apps and databases, and precisely control pipeline schedules down to the minute. In-built Transformations: Format your data on the fly with LIKE.TG ’s preload transformations using either the drag-and-drop interface or our nifty Python interface. Generate analysis-ready data in your warehouse using LIKE.TG ’s Postload Transformation Near Real-Time Replication: Get access to near real-time replication for all database sources with log-based replication. For SaaS applications, near real-time replication is subject to API limits. Auto-Schema Management: Correcting improper schema after the data is loaded into your warehouse is challenging. LIKE.TG automatically maps source schema with the destination warehouse so that you don’t face the pain of schema errors. Transparent Pricing: Say goodbye to complex and hidden pricing models. LIKE.TG ’s Transparent Pricing brings complete visibility to your ELT spending. Choose a plan based on your business needs. Stay in control with spend alerts and configurable credit limits for unforeseen spikes in the data flow. 24×7 Customer Support: With LIKE.TG you get more than just a platform, you get a partner for your pipelines. Discover peace with round-the-clock “Live Chat” within the platform. What’s more, you get 24×7 support even during the 14-day free trial. Security: Discover peace with end-to-end encryption and compliance with all major security certifications including HIPAA, GDPR, and SOC-2. Sync Data from Shopify to MySQLGet a DemoTry itSync Data from Shopify to MS SQL ServerGet a DemoTry it Method 2: Using Custom ETL Code to connect Shopify to MySQL Shopify provides two options to access its product and sales data: Use the export option in the Shopify reporting dashboard: This method provides a simple click-to-export function that allows you to export products, orders, or customer data into CSV files. The caveat here is that this will be a completely manual process and there is no way to do this programmatically. Use Shopify rest APIs to access data: Shopify APIs provide programmatic access to products, orders, sales, and customer data. APIs are subject to throttling for higher request rates and use a leaky bucket algorithm to contain the number of simultaneous requests from a single user. The leaky bucket algorithm works based on the analogy of a bucket that leaks at the bottom. The leak rate is the number of requests that will be processed simultaneously and the size of the bucket is the number of maximum requests that can be buffered. Anything over the buffered request count will lead to an API error informing the user of the request rate limit in place. Let us now move into how data can be loaded to MySQL using each of the above methods: Step 1: Using Shopify Export Option Step 2: Using Shopify REST APIs to Access Data Step 1: Using Shopify Export Option The first method provides simple click-and-export solutions to get the product, orders, and customer data into CSV. This CSV can then be used to load to a MySQL instance. The below steps detail how Shopify customers’ data can be loaded to MySQL this way. Go to Shopify admin and go to the customer’s tab. Click Export. Select whether you want to export all customers or a specified list of customers. Shopify allows you to select or search customers if you only want to export a specific list. After selecting customers, select ‘plain CSV’ as the file format. Click Export Customers and Shopify will provide you with a downloadable CSV file. Login to MySQL and use the below statement to create a table according to the Shopify format. CREATE TABLE customers ( id INT(6) UNSIGNED AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, firstname VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, lastname VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL, email VARCHAR(50), company VARCHAR(50), address1 VARCHAR(50), address2 VARCHAR(50), city VARCHAR(50), province VARCHAR(50), province_code VARCHAR(50), country VARCHAR(50), country_code VARCHAR(50), zip VARCHAR(50), phone VARCHAR(50), accepts_markting VARCHAR(50), total_spent DOUBLE, email VARCHAR(50), total_orders INT, tags VARCHAR(50), notes VARCHAR(50), tax_exempt VARCHAR(50) Load data using the following command: LOAD DATA INFILE'customers.csv' INTO TABLE customers FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' ENCLOSED BY '"' LINES TERMINATED BY 'rn' IGNORE 1 LINES Now, that was very simple. But, the problem here is that this is a manual process, and programmatically doing this is impossible. If you want to set up a continuous syncing process, this method will not be helpful. For that, we will need to use the Shopify APIs. Step 2: Using Shopify REST APIs to Access Data Shopify provides a large set of APIs that are meant for building applications that interact with Shopify data. Our focus today will be on the product APIs allowing users to access all the information related to products belonging to the specific user account. We will be using the Shopify private apps mechanism to interact with APIs. Private Apps are Shopify’s way of letting users interact with only a specific Shopify store. In this case, authentication is done by generating a username and password from the Shopify Admin. If you need to build an application that any Shopify store can use, you will need a public app configuration with OAuth authentication. Before beginning the steps, ensure you have gone to Shopify Admin and have access to the generated username and password. Once you have access to the credential, accessing the APIs is very easy and is done using basic HTTP authentication. Let’s look into how the most basic API can be called using the generated username and password. curl --user:password GET https://shop.myshopify.com/admin/api/2019-10/shop.json To get a list of all the products in Shopify use the following command: curl --user user:password GET /admin/api/2019-10/products.json?limit=100 Please note this endpoint is paginated and will return only a maximum of 250 results per page. The default pagination limit is 50 if the limit parameter is not given. From the initial response, users need to store the id of the last product they received and then use it with the next request to get to the next page: curl --user user:password GET /admin/api/2019-10/products.json?limit=100since_id=632910392 -o products.json Where since_id is the last product ID that was received on the previous page. The response from the API is a nested JSON that contains all the information related to the products such as title, description, images, etc., and more importantly, the variants sub-JSON which provides all the variant-specific information like barcode, price,inventory_quantity, and much more information. Users need to parse this JSON output and convert the JSON file into a CSV file of the required format before loading it to MySQL. For this, we are using the Linux command-line utility called jq. You can read more about this utility here. For simplicity, we are only extracting the id, product_type, and product title from the result. Assuming your API response is stored in products.json Cat products.json | jq '.data[].headers | [.id .product_type product_title] | join(", ")' >> products.csv Please note you will need to write complicated JSON parsers if you need to retrieve more fields. Once the CSV files are obtained, create the required MYSQL command beforehand and load data using the ‘LOAD DATA INFILE’ command shown in the previous section. LOAD DATA INFILE'products.csv' INTO TABLE customers FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' ENCLOSED BY '"' LINES TERMINATED BY 'rn' ; Now you have your Shopify product data in your MySQL. Limitations of Using Custom ETL Code to Connect Shopify to MySQL Shopify provides two easy methods to retrieve the data into files. But, both these methods are easy only when the requests are one-off and the users do not need to execute them continuously in a programmatic way. Some of the limitations and challenges that you may encounter are as follows: The above process works fine if you want to bring a limited set of data points from Shopify to MySQL. You will need to write a complicated JSON parser if you need to extract more data points This approach fits well if you need a one-time or batch data load from Shopify to MySQL. In case you are looking at real-time data sync from Shopify to MySQL, the above method will not work. An easier way to accomplish this would be using a fully-managed data pipeline solution like LIKE.TG , which can mask all these complexities and deliver a seamless data integration experience from Shopify to MySQL. Analyze Shopify Data on MySQL using LIKE.TG [email protected]"> No credit card required Use Cases of Shopify to MySQL Integration Connecting data from Shopify to MySQL has various advantages. Here are a few usage scenarios: Advanced Analytics: MySQL’s extensive data processing capabilities allow you to run complicated queries and data analysis on your Shopify data, resulting in insights that would not be achievable with Shopify alone. Data Consolidation: If you’re using various sources in addition to Shopify, syncing to MySQL allows you to centralize your data for a more complete picture of your operations, as well as set up a change data capture process to ensure that there are no data conflicts in the future. Historical Data Analysis: Shopify has limitations with historical data. Syncing data to MySQL enables long-term data retention and trend monitoring over time. Data Security and Compliance: MySQL offers sophisticated data security measures. Syncing Shopify data to MySQL secures your data and enables advanced data governance and compliance management. Scalability: MySQL can manage massive amounts of data without compromising performance, making it a perfect alternative for growing enterprises with expanding Shopify data. Conclusion This blog talks about the different methods you can use to connect Shopify to MySQL in a seamless fashion: using custom ETL Scripts and a third-party tool, LIKE.TG . That’s it! No Code, No ETL. LIKE.TG takes care of loading all your data in a reliable, secure, and consistent fashion from Shopify toMySQL. LIKE.TG can additionally connect to a variety of data sources (Databases, Cloud Applications, Sales and Marketing tools, etc.) making it easy to scale your data infrastructure at will.It helps transfer data fromShopifyto a destination of your choice forfree. FAQ on Shopify to MySQL How to connect Shopify to MySQL database? To connect Shopify to MySQL database, you need to use Shopify’s API to fetch data, then write a script in Python or PHP to process and store this data in MySQL. Finally, schedule the script periodically. Does Shopify use SQL or NoSQL? Shopify primarily uses SQL databases for its core data storage and management. Does Shopify have a database? Yes, Shopify does have a database infrastructure. What is the URL for MySQL Database? The URL for accessing a MySQL database follows this format: mysql://username:password@hostname:port/database_name. Replace username, password, hostname, port, and database_name with your details. What server is Shopify on? Shopify operates its infrastructure to host its platform and services. Sign up for a 14-day free trial. Sign up today to explore how LIKE.TG makes Shopify to MySQL a cakewalk for you! What are your thoughts about the different approaches to moving data from Shopify to MySQL? Let us know in the comments.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈